2000-04-07 Mikio Nakajima <minakaji@osaka.email.ne.jp>
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blob20127ec416c73accdc35933e161bc4d429370e16
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
52 ;;;***
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
108 ;;;***
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
117 ;;;***
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14525 5303))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
154 name and site.
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
168 name and site.
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil)
216 ;;;***
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
262 BODY... )
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
303 during preloading.
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
307 ;;;***
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
311 ;;;;;; 7197))
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
341 options.
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil)
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil)
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
381 ;;;***
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14546 48005))
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
401 ;;;***
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
415 ;;;***
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14517 9487))
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
426 as the first thing on a line.")
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
451 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
459 ;;;***
461 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
462 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
463 ;;;;;; 43647))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
466 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
467 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
469 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
471 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
472 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
473 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
474 normal variables." t nil)
476 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
478 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
479 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
480 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
481 noninteractive functions.
483 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
484 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
486 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
487 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
488 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
489 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
490 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
492 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
493 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
494 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
495 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
496 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
498 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
499 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
500 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
501 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
502 bindings.
503 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
505 ;;;***
507 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
508 ;;;;;; 44524))
509 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
511 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
512 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
513 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
514 Letters no longer insert themselves.
515 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
516 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
518 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
519 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
520 archive.
522 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
524 ;;;***
526 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
527 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
529 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
530 Major mode for editing arrays.
532 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
533 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
534 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
536 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
538 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
539 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
540 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
542 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
543 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
544 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
545 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
546 The variables are:
548 Variables you assign:
549 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
550 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
551 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
552 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
553 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
554 row numbers in the buffer.
556 Variables which are calculated:
557 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
558 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
560 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
561 take a numeric prefix argument):
563 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
564 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
565 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
566 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
568 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
569 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
570 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
571 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
573 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
574 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
575 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
576 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
578 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
579 between that of point and mark.
581 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
582 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
584 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
585 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
586 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
587 newlines inside rows)
589 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
591 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
593 ;;;***
595 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
596 ;;;;;; 393))
597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
599 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
600 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
601 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
603 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
604 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
605 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
606 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
608 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
609 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
611 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
612 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
614 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
616 Special commands:
617 \\{asm-mode-map}
618 " t nil)
620 ;;;***
622 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
623 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
624 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
626 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
627 Obsolete.")
629 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
630 This command is obsolete." t nil)
632 ;;;***
634 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
635 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
638 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
639 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
641 ;;;***
643 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
644 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
645 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
647 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
648 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
649 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
651 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
652 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
653 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
654 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
656 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
657 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
658 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
659 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
661 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
662 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
664 ;;;***
666 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
667 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
668 ;;;;;; (14398 37513))
669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
671 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
672 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
673 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
675 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
676 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
677 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
679 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
680 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
681 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
683 ;;;***
685 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
686 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
687 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
688 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
690 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
691 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
693 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
694 instead.")
696 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
697 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
699 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
700 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
702 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
704 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
706 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
707 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
709 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
710 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
711 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
713 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
714 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
717 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
719 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
720 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
722 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
723 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
724 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
726 ;;;***
728 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
729 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14539 53646))
730 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
732 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
733 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
734 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
736 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
738 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
740 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
742 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
743 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
744 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
745 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
747 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
748 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
749 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
751 Effects of the different modes:
752 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
753 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
754 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
755 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
756 a random distance & direction.
757 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
758 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
759 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
761 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
763 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
764 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
765 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
767 ;;;***
769 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
770 ;;;;;; 45178))
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
773 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
774 Major mode for editing AWK code.
775 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
776 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
777 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
779 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
780 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
782 ;;;***
784 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
785 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
788 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
789 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
791 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
792 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
794 For example:
796 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
797 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
798 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
799 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
801 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
803 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
805 ;;;***
807 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
808 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
809 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
811 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
812 Display battery status information in the echo area.
813 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
814 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
816 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
817 Display battery status information in the mode line.
818 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
819 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
820 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
821 seconds." t nil)
823 ;;;***
825 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
826 ;;;;;; 9460))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
829 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
830 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
832 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
833 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
834 version information already added. You just need to add a description
835 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
836 message.
839 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
841 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
842 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
843 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
844 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
845 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
847 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
848 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
849 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
850 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
851 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
852 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
854 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
855 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
856 BibTeX mode.
859 Special information:
861 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
863 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
864 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
865 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
866 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
867 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
868 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
869 current field.
870 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
871 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
873 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
874 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
875 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
876 bibtex-entry-format.
877 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
878 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
879 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
881 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
882 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
884 The following may be of interest as well:
886 Functions:
887 bibtex-entry
888 bibtex-kill-entry
889 bibtex-yank-pop
890 bibtex-pop-previous
891 bibtex-pop-next
892 bibtex-complete-string
893 bibtex-complete-key
894 bibtex-print-help-message
895 bibtex-generate-autokey
896 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
897 bibtex-end-of-entry
898 bibtex-reposition-window
899 bibtex-mark-entry
900 bibtex-ispell-abstract
901 bibtex-ispell-entry
902 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
903 bibtex-sort-buffer
904 bibtex-validate
905 bibtex-count
906 bibtex-fill-entry
907 bibtex-reformat
908 bibtex-convert-alien
910 Variables:
911 bibtex-field-delimiters
912 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
913 bibtex-include-OPTkey
914 bibtex-user-optional-fields
915 bibtex-entry-format
916 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
917 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
918 bibtex-entry-field-alist
919 bibtex-predefined-strings
920 bibtex-string-files
922 ---------------------------------------------------------
923 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
924 non-nil.
926 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
928 ;;;***
930 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
931 ;;;;;; 27947))
932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
934 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
935 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
936 the default is 4.
938 What is blackbox?
940 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
941 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
942 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
943 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
944 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
945 your score.
947 Overview of play:
949 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
950 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
951 four.
953 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
954 movement keys.
956 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
957 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
959 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
960 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
962 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
963 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
964 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
965 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
966 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
967 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
969 Details:
971 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
973 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
974 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
975 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
976 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
978 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
979 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
980 denoted by the letter `R'.
982 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
983 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
984 denoted by the letter `H'.
986 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
987 example.
989 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
990 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
991 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
992 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
993 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
994 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
995 ray.
997 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
998 degree deflection it causes.
1001 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1002 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1003 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1004 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1005 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1006 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1007 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1008 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1011 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1012 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1016 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1017 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1018 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1019 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1020 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1021 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1022 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1024 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1025 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1026 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1027 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1028 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1029 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1030 emerging from the box.
1032 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1034 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1035 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1036 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1037 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1038 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1039 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1040 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1041 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1043 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1044 a reflection." t nil)
1046 ;;;***
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1049 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1050 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1051 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1052 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1053 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1055 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1056 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1057 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1059 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1060 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1061 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1062 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1063 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1064 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1066 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1068 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1070 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1072 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1074 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1076 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1078 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1080 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1082 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1084 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1086 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1088 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1090 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1092 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1094 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1095 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1096 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1097 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1098 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1099 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1100 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1101 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1102 recent one.
1104 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1105 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1106 yank successive words.
1108 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1109 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1110 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1111 name of the file being visited.
1113 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1114 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1115 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1117 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1118 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1119 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1120 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1121 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1122 this.
1124 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1125 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1126 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1127 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1129 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1130 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1131 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1132 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1133 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1135 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1136 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1137 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1138 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1140 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1142 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1143 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1144 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1145 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1147 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1148 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1149 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1151 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1152 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1153 name." t nil)
1155 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1156 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1157 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1158 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1159 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1160 this." t nil)
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1163 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1164 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1165 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1166 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1167 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1168 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1169 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1171 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1172 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1173 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1175 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1176 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1177 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1178 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1179 \(second argument).
1181 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1182 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1183 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1184 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1185 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1187 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1188 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1189 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1190 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1192 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1193 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1194 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1195 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1196 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1197 while loading.
1199 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1200 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1201 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1202 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1203 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1204 explicitly.
1206 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1207 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1208 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1209 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1211 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1212 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1213 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1214 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1215 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1217 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1219 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1221 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1222 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1223 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1224 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1225 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1226 this.
1228 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1229 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1230 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1232 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1233 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1234 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1235 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1236 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1237 this.
1239 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1240 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1241 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1243 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1244 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1245 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1247 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1248 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1249 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1251 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1252 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1253 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1254 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1255 prompts for NEWNAME.
1256 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1257 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1258 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1260 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1261 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1262 name.
1264 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1265 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1266 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1268 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1269 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1270 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1271 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1272 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1273 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1275 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1276 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1277 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1279 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1281 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1283 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1285 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1287 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1289 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1291 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1293 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1295 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1297 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1299 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1301 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1303 ;;;***
1305 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1306 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1307 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1308 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1309 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1310 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1311 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1312 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1313 ;;;;;; (14554 2050))
1314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1316 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1317 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1318 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1319 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1321 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1322 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1323 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1324 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1325 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1327 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1328 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1329 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1330 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1331 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1333 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1334 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1336 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1337 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1338 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1340 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1341 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1343 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1344 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1345 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1346 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1347 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1348 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1350 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1351 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1352 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1353 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1354 narrowed." t nil)
1356 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1357 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1359 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1362 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1363 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1364 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1365 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1367 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1368 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1369 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1370 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1372 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1373 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1374 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1375 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1376 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1377 to use." t nil)
1379 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1380 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1382 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1383 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1386 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1387 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1388 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1393 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1394 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1397 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1398 program is invoked according to the variable
1399 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1402 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1409 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1410 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1411 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1413 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1414 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1415 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1416 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1418 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1419 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1420 Default to the URL around or before point.
1422 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1423 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1424 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1426 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1427 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1428 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1429 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1431 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1432 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1434 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1435 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1436 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1438 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1439 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1440 Default to the URL around or before point.
1442 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1443 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1444 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1446 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1447 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1449 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1450 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1451 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1452 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1454 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1455 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1456 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1457 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1458 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1460 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1461 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1462 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1463 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1466 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1467 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1468 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1470 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1471 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1473 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1474 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1475 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1477 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1478 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1479 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1480 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1481 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1482 current one.
1484 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1485 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1486 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1487 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1489 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1490 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1492 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1493 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1494 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1495 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1496 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1497 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1499 ;;;***
1501 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1502 ;;;;;; 42538))
1503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1505 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1506 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1508 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1509 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1511 ;;;***
1513 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1514 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
1515 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1517 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1518 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1519 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1520 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1522 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1523 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1524 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1525 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1527 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1528 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1530 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1531 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1532 \\<bs-mode-map>
1533 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1534 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1535 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1536 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1538 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1539 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1540 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1541 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1542 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1544 ;;;***
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1547 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1548 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1549 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14547 29523))
1550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1552 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1553 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1554 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1556 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1557 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1558 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1559 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1561 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1562 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1563 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1564 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1566 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1568 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1569 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1571 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1572 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1573 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1574 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1575 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1577 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1578 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1579 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1580 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1582 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1583 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1584 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1586 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1587 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1588 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1589 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1590 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1591 all functions called by those functions.
1593 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1594 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1595 cons, etc.).
1597 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1598 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1599 invoked interactively." t nil)
1601 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1602 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1603 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1604 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1605 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1606 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1608 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1609 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1610 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1611 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1613 ;;;***
1615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1616 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1618 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1620 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1622 ;;;***
1624 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1625 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1626 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1628 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1629 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1630 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1631 from the cursor position." t nil)
1633 ;;;***
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
1636 ;;;;;; 60346))
1637 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1639 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1640 Run the pocket calculator.
1641 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1643 ;;;***
1645 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1646 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1647 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1648 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1649 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1650 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1651 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1652 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1653 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1654 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1655 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1656 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1657 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1658 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1659 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1660 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1661 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1662 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1664 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1665 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1666 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1668 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1669 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1670 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1671 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1672 the screen.")
1674 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1675 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1676 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1677 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1678 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1680 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1681 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1682 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1683 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1684 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1685 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1686 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1688 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1689 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1690 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1691 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1692 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1694 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1695 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1696 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1698 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1699 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1700 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1702 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1703 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1704 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1706 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1707 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1708 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1709 displayed.")
1711 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1712 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1713 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1715 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1716 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1717 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1719 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1721 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1722 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1723 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1725 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1726 calendar.")
1728 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1729 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1730 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1732 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1733 calendar.")
1735 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1736 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1737 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1739 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1740 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1741 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1742 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1743 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1745 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1746 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1747 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1748 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1749 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1750 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1751 a function is also provided for this:
1752 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1754 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1755 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1756 date is not visible in the window.
1758 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1759 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1760 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1762 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1763 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1765 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1766 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1767 date is visible in the window.
1769 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1770 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1771 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1773 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1774 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1776 For example,
1778 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1780 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1782 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1783 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1785 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1787 MONTH/DAY
1788 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1789 MONTHNAME DAY
1790 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1791 DAYNAME
1793 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1794 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1795 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1796 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1797 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1798 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1799 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1800 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1801 respectively.
1803 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1804 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1805 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1807 DAY/MONTH
1808 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1809 DAY MONTHNAME
1810 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1811 DAYNAME
1813 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1814 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1816 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1817 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1818 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1819 window but will appear in a diary window.
1821 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1822 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1824 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1825 entries (in the default American style):
1827 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1828 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1829 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1830 21: Payday
1831 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1832 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1833 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1834 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1835 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1836 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1837 &* 15 time cards due.
1839 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1840 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1841 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1842 single diary entry
1844 02/11/1989
1845 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1846 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1847 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1848 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1849 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1850 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1852 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1853 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1854 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1856 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1858 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1860 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1861 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1862 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1863 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1864 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1865 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1866 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1867 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1868 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1870 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1871 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1872 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1873 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1874 for these functions for details.
1876 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1877 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1879 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1880 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1882 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1883 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1885 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1886 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1888 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1889 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1890 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1892 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1893 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1894 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1896 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1897 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1898 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1899 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1901 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1902 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1903 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1904 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1906 DAY/MONTH
1907 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1908 DAY MONTHNAME
1909 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1910 DAYNAME
1912 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1913 characters with or without a period.")
1915 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1916 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1917 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1919 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1920 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1921 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1923 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1924 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1925 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1927 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1928 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1929 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1931 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1932 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1933 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1934 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1935 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1936 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1938 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1939 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1940 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1942 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1943 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1944 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1945 of the form
1947 #include \"filename\"
1949 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1950 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1951 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1952 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1953 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1955 For example, you could use
1957 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1958 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1959 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1961 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1962 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1963 lexicographic order.")
1965 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
1966 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1967 Can be used for appointment notification.")
1969 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1970 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1971 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1972 diary display.
1974 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1975 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1976 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1977 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1978 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1979 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1980 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1982 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1983 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1984 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1985 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1986 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1987 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1988 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1989 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
1991 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
1992 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
1993 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1994 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
1995 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1996 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1998 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1999 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2001 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2002 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2003 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2004 of the form
2005 #include \"filename\"
2006 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2007 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2008 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2009 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2010 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2012 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2013 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2014 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2015 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2016 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2017 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2019 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2020 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2021 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2022 are holidays.")
2024 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2025 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2026 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2027 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2028 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2030 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2032 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2033 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2036 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2038 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2039 *Oriental holidays.
2040 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2042 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2044 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2045 *Local holidays.
2046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2048 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2050 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2051 *User defined holidays.
2052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2054 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2056 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2058 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2060 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2062 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2064 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2066 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2068 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2070 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2072 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2073 *Jewish holidays.
2074 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2076 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2078 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2079 *Christian holidays.
2080 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2082 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2084 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2085 *Islamic holidays.
2086 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2088 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2090 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2091 *Sun-related holidays.
2092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2094 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2096 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2097 The frame set up of the calendar.
2098 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2099 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2100 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2101 any other value the current frame is used.")
2103 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2104 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2105 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2107 ;;;***
2109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
2110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2112 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2113 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2115 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2116 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2118 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2119 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2121 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2122 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2124 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2125 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2127 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2128 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2130 ;;;***
2132 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2133 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2134 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
2135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2137 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2139 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2140 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2141 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2142 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2143 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2144 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2146 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2148 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2149 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2150 run first.
2152 Key bindings:
2153 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2155 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2156 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2157 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2158 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2159 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2160 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2161 message.
2163 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2165 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2166 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2167 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2169 Key bindings:
2170 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2172 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2173 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2174 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2175 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2176 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2177 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2178 message.
2180 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2182 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2183 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2184 is run first.
2186 Key bindings:
2187 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2189 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2190 Major mode for editing Java code.
2191 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2192 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2193 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2194 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2195 message.
2197 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2199 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2200 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2201 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2202 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2203 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2205 Key bindings:
2206 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2208 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2209 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2210 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2211 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2212 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2213 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2214 message.
2216 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2218 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2219 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2220 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2222 Key bindings:
2223 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2225 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2226 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2228 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2229 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2230 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2231 message.
2233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2235 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2236 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2237 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2239 Key bindings:
2240 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2242 ;;;***
2244 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2245 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
2246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2248 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2249 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2250 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2251 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2252 for details of setting up styles.
2254 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2255 style name.
2257 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2258 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2259 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2260 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2261 will be reassigned.
2263 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2264 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2265 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2267 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2268 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2269 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2270 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2272 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2274 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2275 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2276 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2278 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2279 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2280 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2281 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2282 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2284 ;;;***
2286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
2287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2289 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2290 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2291 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2292 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2293 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2295 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2296 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2298 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2299 `infodock'.")
2301 ;;;***
2303 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2304 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2305 ;;;;;; (14543 61454))
2306 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2308 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2309 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2311 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2312 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2314 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2315 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2317 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2318 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2319 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2320 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2321 execution.
2323 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2325 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2326 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2327 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2328 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2330 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2331 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2332 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2333 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2334 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2335 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2337 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2338 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2339 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2341 ;;;***
2343 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2344 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2345 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2346 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2347 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2348 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2349 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2350 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2351 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2354 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2355 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2356 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2357 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2359 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2360 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2361 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2362 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2363 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2364 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2365 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2366 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2368 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2369 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2370 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2371 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2372 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2373 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2374 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2375 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2377 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2378 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2379 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2380 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2381 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2383 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2384 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2385 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2386 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2387 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2389 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2390 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2391 Only documentation strings are checked.
2392 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2393 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2394 a separate buffer." t nil)
2396 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2397 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2398 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2399 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2400 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2402 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2403 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2404 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2405 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2406 if there is one.
2407 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2409 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2410 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2411 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2413 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2414 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2415 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2416 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2417 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2419 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2420 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2421 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2422 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2423 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2424 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2426 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2427 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2428 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2429 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2431 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2432 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2433 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2434 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2436 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2437 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2438 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2439 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2442 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2443 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2444 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2446 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2447 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2448 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2451 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2452 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2453 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2454 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2456 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2457 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2458 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2459 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2462 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2463 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2464 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2466 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2467 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2468 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2469 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2472 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2473 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2475 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2476 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2477 checking of documentation strings.
2479 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2481 ;;;***
2483 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2484 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2485 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2486 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
2487 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2489 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2490 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2492 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2493 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2495 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2496 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2498 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2499 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2500 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2502 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2503 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2505 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2506 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2507 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2509 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2510 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2512 ;;;***
2514 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2515 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2516 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2518 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2519 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2520 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2521 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2522 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2523 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2525 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2526 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2527 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2528 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2529 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2531 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2533 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2534 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2535 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2536 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2537 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2539 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2540 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2541 \\{command-history-map}
2543 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2544 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2546 ;;;***
2548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14533 31536))
2549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2551 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2552 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2553 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2554 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2555 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2556 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2558 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2559 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2561 ;;;***
2563 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2564 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
2565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2567 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2569 ;;;***
2571 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2572 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2575 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2576 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2577 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2578 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2580 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2581 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2582 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2584 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2585 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2587 ;;;***
2589 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2590 ;;;;;; 44845))
2591 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2593 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2594 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2595 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2596 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2597 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2598 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2599 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2600 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2602 ;;;***
2604 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2605 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2606 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2607 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2609 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2610 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2611 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2612 ASCII table.
2614 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2615 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2616 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2617 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2619 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2620 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2621 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2623 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2624 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2625 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2627 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2628 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2629 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2631 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2632 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2634 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2635 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2636 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2638 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2639 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2641 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2642 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2644 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2645 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2646 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2648 ;;;***
2650 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2651 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2652 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14535 44845))
2653 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2655 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2656 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2657 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2658 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2659 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2660 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2661 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2662 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2664 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2666 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2667 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2668 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2669 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2670 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2671 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2673 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2674 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2675 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2677 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2679 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2680 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2681 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2683 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2685 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2686 Send COMMAND to current process.
2687 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2688 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2690 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2691 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2692 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2693 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2695 ;;;***
2697 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2698 ;;;;;; 18289))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2701 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2702 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2703 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2704 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2706 This command pushes the mark in each window
2707 at the prior location of point in that window.
2708 If both windows display the same buffer,
2709 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2710 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2712 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2713 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2714 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2716 ;;;***
2718 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2719 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2720 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2721 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14440 46010))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2724 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2725 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2727 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2728 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2730 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2731 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2732 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2733 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2734 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2736 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2737 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2738 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2739 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2740 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2742 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2743 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2744 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2745 describing how the process finished.")
2747 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2748 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2749 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2750 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2752 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2753 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2754 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2756 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2757 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2758 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2759 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2761 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2762 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2763 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2764 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2766 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2767 and move to the source code that caused it.
2769 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2770 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2772 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2773 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2774 Then start the next one.
2776 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2777 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2778 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2780 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2781 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2782 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2783 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2784 where grep found matches.
2786 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2787 easily repeat a grep command.
2789 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2790 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2791 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2792 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2794 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2795 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2796 Collect output in a buffer.
2797 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2798 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2800 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2801 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2803 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2804 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2805 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2806 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2807 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2809 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2811 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2812 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2813 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2814 See `compilation-mode'.
2815 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2817 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2818 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2819 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2820 See `compilation-mode'.
2821 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2823 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2824 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2826 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2827 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2829 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2830 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2831 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2832 and start at the first error.
2834 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2835 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2836 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2837 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2838 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2839 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2841 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2842 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2843 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2845 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2846 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2847 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2849 ;;;***
2851 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2852 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2855 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2856 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2857 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2859 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2860 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2861 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2862 as much as possible.
2864 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2865 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2866 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2867 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2869 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2870 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2871 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2872 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2874 ;;;***
2876 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2877 ;;;;;; (14495 17962))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2880 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2881 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2883 ;;;***
2885 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2886 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2887 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2888 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2891 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2892 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2893 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2894 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2895 `make-composition'.
2897 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2899 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2900 | | 1:tc or top-center
2901 | | 2:tr or top-right
2902 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2903 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2904 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2905 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2906 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2907 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2909 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2910 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2911 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2912 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2913 be added.
2915 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2916 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2917 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2919 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2920 | | |
2921 | global| |
2922 | glyph | |
2923 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2924 +----+--*--+
2925 | | new |
2926 | |glyph|
2927 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2930 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2931 Compose characters in the current region.
2933 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2935 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2936 specifying the region.
2938 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2939 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2941 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2942 of the text in the region.
2944 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2946 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2947 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2948 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
2949 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
2951 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
2952 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
2953 detail.
2955 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2956 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2957 text in the composition." t nil)
2959 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
2960 Decompose text in the current region.
2962 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
2963 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
2965 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
2966 Compose characters in string STRING.
2968 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
2969 the characters in it.
2971 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
2972 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
2973 STRING respectively.
2975 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2976 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
2977 `compose-region' for more detail.
2979 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2980 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2981 text in the composition." nil nil)
2983 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
2984 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
2986 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
2987 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
2988 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
2989 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
2990 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
2991 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
2992 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
2993 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
2995 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
2996 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
2998 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
2999 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3001 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3002 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3004 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3005 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3007 If no composition is found, return nil.
3009 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3010 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3012 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3013 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3014 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3016 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3018 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3020 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3021 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3022 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3024 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3026 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3027 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
3029 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3030 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3032 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3033 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3034 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3035 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3036 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3038 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3039 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3041 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3042 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3044 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3045 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3046 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3047 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3048 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3049 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3050 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3051 nil.
3053 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3055 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3056 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3058 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3060 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3062 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3063 Compose last characters.
3064 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3065 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3066 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3067 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3068 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3069 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3070 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3072 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3073 Convert CHAR to string.
3074 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3076 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3077 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3078 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3080 ;;;***
3082 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3083 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3086 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3087 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3088 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3090 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3091 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3092 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3094 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3095 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3096 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3097 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3099 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3100 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3102 ;;;***
3104 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3105 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3108 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3109 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3110 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3111 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3112 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3113 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3115 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3116 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3118 ;;;***
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3121 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3124 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3125 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3126 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3127 Tab indents for Perl code.
3128 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3129 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3131 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3132 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3133 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3134 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3135 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3136 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3137 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3138 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3139 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3140 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3141 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3142 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3144 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3146 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3147 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3149 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3151 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3152 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3153 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3154 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3155 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3156 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3157 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3158 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3159 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3161 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3163 bite if angry;
3165 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3166 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3167 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3168 to nil.)
3170 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3171 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3172 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3174 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3176 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3177 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3178 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3179 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3180 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3182 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3184 if (A) { B }
3186 into
3188 B if A;
3190 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3192 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3193 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3194 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3195 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3196 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3197 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3198 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3199 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3200 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3201 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3202 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3203 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3204 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3206 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3207 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3208 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3209 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3210 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3211 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3213 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3214 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3215 man via menu.
3217 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3218 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3219 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3220 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3221 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3223 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3224 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3225 span the needed amount of lines.
3227 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3228 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3229 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3230 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3232 Variables controlling indentation style:
3233 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3234 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3235 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3236 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3237 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3238 `cperl-auto-newline'
3239 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3240 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3241 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3242 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3243 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3244 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3245 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3246 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3247 `cperl-indent-level'
3248 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3249 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3250 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3251 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3252 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3253 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3254 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3255 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3256 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3257 `cperl-brace-offset'
3258 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3259 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3260 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3261 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3262 `cperl-label-offset'
3263 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3264 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3265 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3267 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3268 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3269 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3270 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3271 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3273 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3274 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3275 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3276 \(both available from menu).
3278 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3279 column 0 is indented on
3280 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3282 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3283 with no args.
3285 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3286 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3287 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3289 ;;;***
3291 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3292 ;;;;;; (13826 9529))
3293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3295 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3296 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3297 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3298 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3299 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3301 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3302 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3304 ;;;***
3306 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3307 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3310 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3311 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3312 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3313 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3316 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3318 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3320 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3322 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3323 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
3324 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3326 ;;;***
3328 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3329 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3330 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3331 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3332 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3333 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3334 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3335 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3336 ;;;;;; (14552 48684))
3337 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3338 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3340 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3341 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3343 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3344 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3346 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3347 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3349 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3351 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3352 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3354 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3355 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3357 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3358 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3360 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3361 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3363 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3364 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3366 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3368 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3369 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3370 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3371 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3373 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3374 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3376 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3377 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3379 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3380 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3382 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3384 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3385 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3386 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3387 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3388 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3390 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3391 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3393 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3394 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3396 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3398 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3399 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3401 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3402 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3403 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3404 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3405 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3407 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3408 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3409 version." t nil)
3411 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3413 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3414 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3415 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3417 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3418 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3419 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3421 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3422 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3424 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3425 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3427 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3428 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3430 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3431 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3432 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3433 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3434 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3435 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3436 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3438 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3439 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3440 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3442 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3443 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3445 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3446 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3448 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3449 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3450 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3451 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3452 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3453 that option." nil nil)
3455 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3456 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3457 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3458 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3459 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3460 that option." nil nil)
3462 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3463 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3465 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3466 File used for storing customization information.
3467 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3468 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3469 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3471 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3472 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3473 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3474 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3476 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3477 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3479 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3480 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3482 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3483 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3484 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3486 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3487 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3488 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3489 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3490 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3492 ;;;***
3494 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3495 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892))
3496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3498 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3499 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3501 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3502 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3503 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3505 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3507 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3508 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3509 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3511 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3513 ;;;***
3515 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3516 ;;;;;; (14552 48684))
3517 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3519 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3520 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3522 ;;;***
3524 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3525 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3528 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3529 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3531 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3532 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3533 C++ modes are included.
3535 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3537 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3538 Turn on CWarn mode.
3540 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3541 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3543 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3544 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3546 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3548 ;;;***
3550 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3551 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3552 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3553 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
3554 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3556 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3557 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3559 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3560 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3562 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3563 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3565 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3566 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3568 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3569 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3571 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3572 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3573 For readability, the table is slightly
3574 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3576 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3577 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3578 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3579 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3580 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3582 ;;;***
3584 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3585 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
3586 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3588 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3590 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3592 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3593 Completion on current word.
3594 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3595 and presents suggestions for completion.
3597 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3598 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3599 completions.
3601 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3602 then it searches *all* buffers.
3604 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3605 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3607 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3608 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3610 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3611 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3612 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3613 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3614 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3616 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3617 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3619 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3620 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3621 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3623 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3624 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3626 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3628 ;;;***
3630 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3631 ;;;;;; 38927))
3632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3634 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3635 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3637 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3638 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3639 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3641 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3642 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3643 Data lines are not indented.
3645 Key bindings:
3647 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3648 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3650 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3651 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3652 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3653 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3655 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3657 dcl-basic-offset
3658 Extra indentation within blocks.
3660 dcl-continuation-offset
3661 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3663 dcl-margin-offset
3664 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3666 dcl-margin-label-offset
3667 Indentation for a label.
3669 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3670 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3672 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3673 dcl-block-end-regexp
3674 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3675 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3676 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3677 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3678 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3680 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3681 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3682 Two such functions are included in the package:
3683 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3684 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3686 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3687 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3688 One such function is included in the package:
3689 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3691 dcl-tab-always-indent
3692 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3693 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3694 margin.
3696 dcl-electric-characters
3697 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3698 typed.
3700 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3701 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3702 which words trigger electric indentation.
3704 dcl-tempo-comma
3705 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3706 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3707 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3709 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3710 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3711 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3712 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3714 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3715 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3716 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3717 dcl-imenu-label-call
3718 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3720 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3721 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3722 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3723 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3726 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3728 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3729 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3730 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3731 $ i = 1
3732 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3733 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3734 $ label:
3735 $ if i.eq.1
3736 $ then
3737 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3738 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3739 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3740 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3741 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3742 \"lined up with the command line\"
3743 $ type sys$input
3744 Data lines are not indented at all.
3745 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3746 $ endif
3748 " t nil)
3750 ;;;***
3752 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3753 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3756 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3758 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3759 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3760 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3761 of the evaluator.
3763 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3764 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3765 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3767 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3768 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3769 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3770 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3771 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3772 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3773 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3775 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3776 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3777 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3779 ;;;***
3781 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3782 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3785 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3786 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3788 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3789 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3790 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3791 Upper-case letters are commands.
3793 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3794 modify it.
3796 The most useful commands are:
3797 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3798 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3799 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3800 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3801 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3802 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3804 ;;;***
3806 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3807 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3808 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3810 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3811 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3813 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3815 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3816 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3818 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3820 ;;;***
3822 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
3823 ;;;;;; 12112))
3824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3826 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3827 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3828 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3829 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3830 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3831 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3833 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3835 Customization:
3837 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3838 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3839 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3840 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3841 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3842 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3843 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3844 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3845 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3846 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3847 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3848 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3849 blank line.
3850 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3851 Directories to search when finding external units.
3852 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3853 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3855 Coloring:
3857 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3858 Face used to color delphi comments.
3859 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3860 Face used to color delphi strings.
3861 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3862 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3863 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3864 Face used to color everything else.
3866 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3867 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3869 ;;;***
3871 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3872 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
3873 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3875 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3877 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3878 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3879 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3880 positive.
3882 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3883 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3884 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3885 any selection." t nil)
3887 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3888 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3889 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3891 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3893 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3895 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3897 ;;;***
3899 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
3900 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
3901 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3903 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3904 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3905 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3906 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3907 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3909 ;;;***
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3912 ;;;;;; (14495 17963))
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3915 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3916 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3917 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3919 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3920 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3921 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3922 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3924 ;;;***
3926 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3927 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3928 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3929 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3930 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3931 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3932 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3933 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006))
3934 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3936 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3937 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3939 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3940 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
3941 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3943 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3944 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
3945 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3947 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3948 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
3949 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3950 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3952 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3953 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
3954 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3955 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3957 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
3958 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
3960 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3961 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
3962 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
3964 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
3965 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
3967 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3969 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3971 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3973 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3974 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
3976 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3978 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3979 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
3981 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3983 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3985 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3987 ;;;***
3989 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
3990 ;;;;;; (14523 49787))
3991 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
3993 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
3994 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
3995 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
3996 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
3997 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
3999 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4000 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4001 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4003 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4004 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4005 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4006 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4008 #!/bin/sh
4009 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4010 emacs -batch \\
4011 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4012 european-calendar-style t \\
4013 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4014 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4015 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4017 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4018 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4019 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4020 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4022 ;;;***
4024 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4025 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4026 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4028 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4029 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4031 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4032 *The command to use to run diff.")
4034 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4035 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4036 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4037 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4038 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4040 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4041 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4042 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4043 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4044 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4046 ;;;***
4048 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4049 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
4050 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4052 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4053 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4054 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4055 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4056 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4057 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4059 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4060 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4061 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4063 ;;;***
4065 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4066 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4067 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4068 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4069 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14522 27392))
4070 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4072 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4073 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4074 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4075 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4076 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4078 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4079 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4081 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4082 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4083 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4084 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4085 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4087 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4088 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4090 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4091 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4092 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4093 always set this variable to t.")
4095 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4096 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4097 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4098 A value of t means move to first file.")
4100 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4101 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4102 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4103 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4104 are afterward marked with that character.")
4106 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4107 *Controls marking of copied files.
4108 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4109 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4111 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4112 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4113 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4114 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4116 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4117 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4118 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4119 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4121 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4122 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4123 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4124 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4126 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4128 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4129 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4130 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4131 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4133 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4134 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4135 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4136 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4137 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4138 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4139 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4140 list of files to make directory entries for.
4141 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4142 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4143 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4144 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4146 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4147 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4149 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4150 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4151 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4153 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4154 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4156 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4157 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4159 ;;;***
4161 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
4162 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
4163 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
4164 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase
4165 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4166 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4167 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4168 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4169 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4170 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4171 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4172 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4173 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14506 36592))
4174 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4176 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4177 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4178 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4179 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4180 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4181 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4183 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4184 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4185 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4186 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4187 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4188 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4190 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4191 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4192 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4194 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4195 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4197 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4198 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4200 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4201 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4202 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4203 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4205 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4206 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4207 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4208 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4209 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4211 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4213 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4214 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4215 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4217 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4218 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4219 instead of att the end of the command.
4221 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4222 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4223 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4225 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4226 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4228 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4229 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4231 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4232 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4233 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4234 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4235 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4236 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4238 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4240 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4241 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4243 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4244 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4246 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4247 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4249 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4250 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4251 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4252 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4254 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4256 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4258 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4260 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4262 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4264 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4265 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4267 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4268 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4269 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4270 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4271 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4272 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4273 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4275 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4276 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4277 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4278 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4279 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4280 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4282 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4283 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4284 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4285 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4286 and new hard links are made in that directory
4287 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4289 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4290 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4291 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4292 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4294 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4295 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4296 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4297 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4298 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4299 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4301 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4302 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4304 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4305 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4306 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4308 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4309 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4310 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4312 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4313 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4314 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4316 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4317 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4319 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4320 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4322 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4323 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4324 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4325 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4326 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4327 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4328 this subdirectory.
4329 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4331 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4332 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4333 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4334 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4335 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4336 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4337 this subdirectory.
4338 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4340 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4341 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4342 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4344 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4345 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4346 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4347 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4349 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4350 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4351 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4352 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4354 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4355 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4356 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4358 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4359 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4361 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4362 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4364 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4365 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4366 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4367 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4369 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4370 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4371 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4372 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4374 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4375 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4376 Stops when a match is found.
4377 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4379 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
4380 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4381 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4382 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4383 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4385 ;;;***
4387 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
4388 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4390 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4391 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4392 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4393 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4394 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4395 buffer and try again." t nil)
4397 ;;;***
4399 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4402 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4403 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4404 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4406 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4408 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4409 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4411 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4412 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4413 " nil nil)
4415 ;;;***
4417 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4418 ;;;;;; 9615))
4419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4421 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4422 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4423 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4424 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4425 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4426 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4428 ;;;***
4430 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4431 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4432 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4433 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4434 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4437 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4438 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4440 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4441 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4442 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4443 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4444 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4446 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4447 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4448 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4449 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4450 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4452 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4453 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4455 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4456 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4458 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4459 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4461 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4462 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4464 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4465 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4467 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4468 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4469 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4470 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4472 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4473 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4474 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4475 X frame." nil nil)
4477 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4478 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4480 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4482 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4483 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4485 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4486 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4487 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4488 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4490 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4491 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4492 European character display.
4494 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4495 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4496 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4497 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4499 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4500 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4501 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4502 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4503 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4505 ;;;***
4507 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4508 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4511 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4512 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4513 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4514 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4515 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4516 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4517 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4518 Default is 2." t nil)
4520 ;;;***
4522 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4525 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4526 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4528 ;;;***
4530 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4531 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4532 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4534 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4535 Toggle Double mode.
4536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4537 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4539 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4541 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4543 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4544 Toggle Double mode.
4545 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4547 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4548 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4550 ;;;***
4552 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4555 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4556 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4558 ;;;***
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4561 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4564 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4565 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4567 ;;;***
4569 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4570 ;;;;;; define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4571 ;;;;;; (14552 48943))
4572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4574 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4576 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4577 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4578 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4579 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4581 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4582 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4583 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4584 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4585 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4586 in order to build a valid keymap.
4587 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4588 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
4590 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4592 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4594 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4595 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4597 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4599 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4600 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4601 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4602 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4603 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4604 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4605 hooks for the new mode.
4607 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4609 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4611 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4612 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4613 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4615 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4616 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4618 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4619 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4620 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4622 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4623 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4625 ;;;***
4627 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4628 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385
4629 ;;;;;; 24854))
4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4632 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4633 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4634 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4635 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4637 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4638 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4640 :filter FUNCTION
4642 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4643 menu displayed.
4645 :visible INCLUDE
4647 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4648 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4650 :active ENABLE
4652 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4653 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4655 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4657 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4659 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4661 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4662 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4664 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4665 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4667 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4669 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4671 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4673 :keys KEYS
4675 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4676 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4677 computed automatically.
4678 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4680 :key-sequence KEYS
4682 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4683 menu item.
4684 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4685 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4686 keyboard equivalent.
4688 :active ENABLE
4690 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4691 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4693 :included INCLUDE
4695 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4696 expression has a non-nil value.
4698 :suffix NAME
4700 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4702 :style STYLE
4704 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4705 defined:
4707 toggle: A checkbox.
4708 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4709 radio: A radio button.
4710 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4711 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4712 menu bar itself.
4713 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4715 :selected SELECTED
4717 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4718 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4720 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4721 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4722 as a solid horizontal line.
4724 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4726 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4728 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4729 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4730 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4731 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4733 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4734 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4735 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4736 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4737 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4738 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4740 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4741 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4742 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4744 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4745 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4747 ;;;***
4749 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4750 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4751 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4752 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4753 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4756 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4757 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4759 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4760 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4762 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4763 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4764 it to the printer.
4766 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4767 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4768 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4769 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4771 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4772 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4773 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4775 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4776 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4777 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4778 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4780 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4782 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4783 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4784 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4786 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4788 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4789 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4791 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4792 The EPS file name has the following form:
4794 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4796 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4797 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4799 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4800 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4801 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4802 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4804 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4806 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4807 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4809 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4810 The EPS file name has the following form:
4812 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4814 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4815 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4817 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4818 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4819 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4820 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4822 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4824 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4826 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4827 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4829 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4830 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4832 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4833 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4835 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4836 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4838 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4839 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4841 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4842 Set STYLE to current style.
4844 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4846 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4847 Reset current style.
4849 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4851 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4852 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4854 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4856 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4857 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4859 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4861 ;;;***
4863 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4864 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4867 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4868 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4869 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4870 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4872 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4873 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4874 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4876 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4877 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4878 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4880 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4882 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4884 ;;;***
4886 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4887 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
4888 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4890 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4891 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4892 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4894 ;;;***
4896 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4897 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14482 54435))
4898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4900 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4901 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4902 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4903 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4904 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4906 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4907 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4908 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4909 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4911 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4912 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4913 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4914 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
4916 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
4917 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
4918 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
4919 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
4921 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
4923 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
4924 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
4925 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
4926 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
4927 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
4929 ;;;***
4931 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
4932 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
4933 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
4934 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
4935 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
4936 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
4937 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
4938 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
4939 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
4940 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
4941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
4943 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
4944 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
4946 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
4947 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
4949 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
4951 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
4953 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
4954 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
4956 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
4958 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
4959 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
4961 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
4963 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
4964 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
4965 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4966 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4968 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
4970 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4971 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
4972 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4973 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4975 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
4977 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
4978 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
4979 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
4980 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4982 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
4984 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
4985 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
4986 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4987 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4989 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
4991 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4992 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
4993 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
4994 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
4995 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4996 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4998 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4999 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5000 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5001 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5003 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5005 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5006 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5007 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5008 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5010 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5012 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5014 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5015 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5016 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5017 follows:
5018 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5019 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5021 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5022 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5023 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5024 follows:
5025 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5026 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5028 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5029 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5030 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5031 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5032 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5034 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5035 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5036 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5037 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5038 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5039 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5041 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5043 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5044 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5046 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5047 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5049 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5051 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5052 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5054 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5055 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5057 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5058 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5059 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5060 buffer." t nil)
5062 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5063 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5064 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5065 buffer." t nil)
5067 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5068 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5069 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5070 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5072 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5073 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5074 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5075 and don't ask the user.
5076 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5077 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5079 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5080 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5082 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5084 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5086 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5087 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5088 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5089 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5091 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5093 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5094 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5095 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5097 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5098 Display Ediff's manual.
5099 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5101 ;;;***
5103 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5104 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5105 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5107 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5109 ;;;***
5111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5112 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5114 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5116 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5118 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5120 ;;;***
5122 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5123 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
5124 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5126 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5127 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5129 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5131 ;;;***
5133 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5134 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5135 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5137 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5138 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5139 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5140 which see." t nil)
5142 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5143 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5144 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5145 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5147 ;;;***
5149 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5150 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5151 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
5152 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5153 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5155 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5156 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5157 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5159 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5160 Edit a keyboard macro.
5161 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5162 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5163 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5164 its command name.
5165 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5167 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5168 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5170 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5171 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5173 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5174 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5175 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5176 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5177 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5178 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5180 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5181 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5182 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5183 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5185 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5186 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5187 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5188 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5189 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5190 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5192 ;;;***
5194 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5195 ;;;;;; 33724))
5196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5198 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5199 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5201 ;;;***
5203 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5204 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5205 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5207 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5208 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5209 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5210 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5211 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5212 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5213 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5214 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5216 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5217 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5219 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5220 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5221 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5222 this value is non-nil.
5224 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5225 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5226 things.
5228 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5229 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5230 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5232 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5234 ;;;***
5236 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
5237 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
5238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5240 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5241 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5243 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5244 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5245 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5246 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5247 from the documentation string if possible.
5249 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5250 instead.
5252 This variable is buffer-local.")
5254 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5255 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5256 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5258 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5259 of the mode.
5260 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5261 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5263 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5264 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5266 ;;;***
5268 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5269 ;;;;;; 17971))
5270 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5272 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5273 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5275 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5276 an elided material again.
5278 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5280 ;;;***
5282 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5283 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5286 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5287 Initialize elint." t nil)
5289 ;;;***
5291 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
5292 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
5293 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
5294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5296 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5297 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5298 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5300 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5301 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5302 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5304 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5305 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5306 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5308 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5309 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5310 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5312 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5314 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5315 Display current profiling results.
5316 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5317 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5318 displayed." t nil)
5320 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
5321 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
5323 ;;;***
5325 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5326 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5329 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5330 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5331 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5333 ;;;***
5335 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5336 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5337 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5338 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5339 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
5340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5342 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5344 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5346 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5348 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5350 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5352 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5354 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5356 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5358 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5360 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5361 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5363 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5364 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5366 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5367 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5369 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5370 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5372 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5374 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5376 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5378 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5380 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5381 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5383 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5384 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5386 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5388 ;;;***
5390 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5391 ;;;;;; (14516 181))
5392 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5394 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5395 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5396 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5398 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5399 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5400 automatically.
5402 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5403 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5404 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5406 ;;;***
5408 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5409 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
5410 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5412 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5413 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5414 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5415 text/enriched format.
5416 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5418 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5419 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5421 Commands:
5423 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5425 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5427 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5429 ;;;***
5431 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
5434 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
5435 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
5436 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
5437 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
5439 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
5440 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
5441 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
5443 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
5445 ;;;***
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5448 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5449 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5450 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5451 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5452 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14551
5453 ;;;;;; 24244))
5454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5456 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5457 *File name of tags table.
5458 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5459 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5460 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5461 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5463 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5464 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5465 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5466 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5468 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5469 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5470 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5471 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5472 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5473 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5475 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5476 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5477 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5478 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5479 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5481 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5482 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5483 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5484 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5486 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5487 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5488 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5489 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5490 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5492 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5493 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5494 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5495 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5497 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5498 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5499 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5500 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5501 file the tag was in." t nil)
5503 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5504 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5505 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5506 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5507 without directory names." nil nil)
5509 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5510 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5511 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5512 but does not select the buffer.
5513 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5515 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5516 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5517 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5518 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5519 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5521 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5523 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5524 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5525 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5527 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5529 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5532 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5537 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5538 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5540 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5542 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5547 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5549 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5550 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5551 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5552 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5553 around or before point.
5555 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5556 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5557 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5558 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5559 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5561 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5563 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5564 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5565 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5567 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5568 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5570 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5571 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5572 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5573 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5574 around or before point.
5576 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5577 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5578 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5579 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5580 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5582 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5584 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5585 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5586 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5588 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5589 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5591 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5592 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5593 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5595 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5596 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5597 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5598 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5599 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5601 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5603 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5604 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5605 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5607 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5608 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5609 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5611 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5612 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5614 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5615 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5616 where they were found." t nil)
5618 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5619 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5621 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5622 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5623 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5625 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5626 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5628 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5629 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5631 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5632 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5633 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5634 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5636 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5637 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5638 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5639 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5640 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5641 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5643 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5644 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5645 Stops when a match is found.
5646 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5648 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5650 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5651 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5652 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5653 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5654 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5656 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5658 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5659 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5660 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5661 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5662 directory specification." t nil)
5664 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5665 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5667 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5668 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5669 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5670 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5672 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5673 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5674 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5675 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5676 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5678 ;;;***
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5681 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5682 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5683 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5684 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5685 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5686 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
5687 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
5688 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
5689 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5691 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
5692 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
5694 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5696 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5697 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5698 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5699 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5701 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5702 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5703 language.
5705 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5706 even if the buffer is read-only.
5708 See also the descriptions of the variables
5709 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5710 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5712 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5713 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5715 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5716 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5718 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5719 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5720 language.
5722 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5723 buffer is read-only.
5725 See also the descriptions of the variables
5726 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5727 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5729 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5730 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5731 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5733 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5734 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5736 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5737 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5739 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5740 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5742 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5743 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5744 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5745 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5747 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5748 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5749 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5750 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5752 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5753 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5754 the primary language.
5756 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5757 buffer is read-only.
5759 See also the descriptions of the variables
5760 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5761 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5763 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5764 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5765 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5766 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5768 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5769 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5770 primary language.
5772 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5773 buffer is read-only.
5775 See also the descriptions of the variables
5776 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5777 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5779 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5780 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5781 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5783 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5784 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5786 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5787 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5788 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5789 3) convert the body into SERA.
5791 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5793 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5794 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5795 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5797 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5798 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5800 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5801 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5803 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5804 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5805 be 1, 2, or 3.
5807 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5808 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5809 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5811 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5813 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5814 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5816 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5817 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5818 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5820 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5821 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5823 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5824 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5826 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5827 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5829 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5830 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5832 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5833 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5835 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5836 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5838 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5839 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5841 ;;;***
5843 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
5844 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
5845 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
5848 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
5849 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
5850 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
5851 server for future sessions." t nil)
5853 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
5854 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5856 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
5857 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5859 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
5860 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
5861 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
5862 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
5863 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
5864 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
5865 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
5866 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
5867 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
5868 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
5869 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
5870 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
5872 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
5873 Display a form to query the directory server.
5874 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
5875 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
5877 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
5878 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
5879 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
5881 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
5883 ;;;***
5885 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
5886 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
5887 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
5888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
5890 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
5891 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
5893 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
5894 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
5896 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
5897 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
5899 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
5900 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
5902 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
5903 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
5905 ;;;***
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
5908 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
5911 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
5912 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
5913 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
5915 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
5916 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
5918 ;;;***
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
5921 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
5924 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
5925 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
5927 ;;;***
5929 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
5930 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
5931 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
5933 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
5934 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
5935 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
5936 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
5937 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
5938 executable." t nil)
5940 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
5941 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
5942 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
5944 ;;;***
5946 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
5947 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
5948 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
5950 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
5951 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
5952 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
5953 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
5955 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
5957 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
5958 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
5959 to generate such functions.
5961 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
5962 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
5963 beginning of the expanded text.
5965 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
5966 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
5967 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
5968 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
5970 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
5972 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
5973 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5974 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5976 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
5977 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5978 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5979 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
5980 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
5982 ;;;***
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14546 35423))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
5987 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
5988 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
5990 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
5991 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
5992 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
5994 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
5996 Key definitions:
5997 \\{f90-mode-map}
5999 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6001 f90-do-indent
6002 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6003 f90-if-indent
6004 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6005 f90-type-indent
6006 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6007 f90-program-indent
6008 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6009 (default 2)
6010 f90-continuation-indent
6011 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6012 f90-comment-region
6013 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6014 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6015 f90-indented-comment-re
6016 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6017 (default \"!\")
6018 f90-directive-comment-re
6019 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6020 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6021 f90-break-delimiters
6022 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6023 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6024 f90-break-before-delimiters
6025 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6026 (default t)
6027 f90-beginning-ampersand
6028 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6029 f90-smart-end
6030 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6031 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6032 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6033 f90-auto-keyword-case
6034 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6035 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6036 f90-leave-line-no
6037 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6038 f90-startup-message
6039 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6040 f90-keywords-re
6041 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6043 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6044 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6046 ;;;***
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6049 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6050 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6051 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6052 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14539 53665))
6053 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6054 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6055 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6057 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6058 Menu keymap for faces.")
6060 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6062 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6063 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6065 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6067 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6068 Menu keymap for background colors")
6070 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6072 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6073 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6075 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6077 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6078 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6080 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6082 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6083 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6085 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6087 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6088 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6090 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6092 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6094 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6096 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6098 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6099 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6100 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6101 will not show through at all will be removed.
6103 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6105 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6106 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6108 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6109 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6110 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6112 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6113 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
6114 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6115 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6116 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6117 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6118 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6119 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6121 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6122 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
6123 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6124 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6125 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6126 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6127 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6128 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6130 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6131 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
6132 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6133 is the menu item's name.
6135 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6136 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6138 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6139 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6140 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6142 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6143 Make the region invisible.
6144 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6145 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6147 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6148 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6149 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6150 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6152 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6153 Make the region unmodifiable.
6154 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6155 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6157 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6158 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6160 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6161 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6163 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6164 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6165 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6167 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6168 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6170 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6171 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6173 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6174 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6175 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6176 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6177 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6179 ;;;***
6181 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6182 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6183 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6185 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6186 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6187 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6188 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6190 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6192 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6193 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6194 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6196 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6197 - When you save the file's buffer.
6198 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6199 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6200 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6201 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6203 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6205 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6206 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6207 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6208 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6210 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6211 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6213 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6215 ;;;***
6217 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6218 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6219 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6222 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6223 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6225 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6226 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6227 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6228 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6230 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6231 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6232 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6233 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6234 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6236 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6237 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6238 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6239 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6240 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6241 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6242 internally by feedmail):
6244 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6245 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6246 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6247 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6249 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6250 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6251 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6252 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6253 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6255 ;;;***
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6258 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6261 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6262 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6263 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6264 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6265 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6266 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6267 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6269 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6270 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6271 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6272 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6273 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6274 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6275 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6277 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6278 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6280 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6281 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6282 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6283 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6284 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6285 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6287 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6288 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6289 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6290 Return value:
6291 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6292 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6293 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6295 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6296 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6298 ;;;***
6300 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6301 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6302 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6304 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6305 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6306 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6307 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6308 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6309 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6310 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6311 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6312 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6313 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6315 ;;;***
6317 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6318 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
6319 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6321 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6322 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6323 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6324 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6325 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6327 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6328 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6329 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6330 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6332 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6333 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6334 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6336 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6338 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6339 as the final argument." t nil)
6341 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6342 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6343 and run dired on those files.
6344 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6345 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6347 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6349 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6350 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6351 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6353 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6355 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6357 ;;;***
6359 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6360 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6361 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6362 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6364 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6365 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6366 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6368 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6370 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6371 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6372 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6374 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6375 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6377 Variables of interest include:
6379 - ff-case-fold-search
6380 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6381 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6383 - ff-always-in-other-window
6384 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6385 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6387 - ff-ignore-include
6388 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6390 - ff-always-try-to-create
6391 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6393 - ff-quiet-mode
6394 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6396 - ff-special-constructs
6397 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6398 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6399 extracting the filename from that construct.
6401 - ff-other-file-alist
6402 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6404 - ff-search-directories
6405 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6406 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6408 - ff-pre-find-hooks
6409 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6411 - ff-pre-load-hooks
6412 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6414 - ff-post-load-hooks
6415 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6417 - ff-not-found-hooks
6418 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6420 - ff-file-created-hooks
6421 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6423 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6424 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6426 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6427 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6429 ;;;***
6431 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6432 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6433 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6434 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6435 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6436 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6439 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6440 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6442 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6443 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6444 not selected.
6446 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6447 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6448 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6450 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6451 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6453 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6454 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6455 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6456 it is one of the current buffers.
6458 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6459 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6460 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6462 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6463 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6465 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6467 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6468 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6470 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6472 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6473 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6475 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6476 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6477 not selected.
6479 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6480 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6482 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6483 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6485 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6486 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6487 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6488 it is one of the current buffers.
6490 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6491 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6492 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6494 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6495 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6497 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6499 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6500 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6502 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6504 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6505 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6506 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6508 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6509 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6511 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6512 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6514 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6515 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6517 ;;;***
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6520 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6521 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6523 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6524 Toggle flow control handling.
6525 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6526 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6528 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6529 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6530 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6531 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6532 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6533 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6535 ;;;***
6537 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6538 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
6539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6541 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6542 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6543 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6544 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6545 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6546 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6548 Bindings:
6549 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6550 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6551 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6553 Hooks:
6554 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6556 Remark:
6557 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6558 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6559 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6561 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6562 consider adding:
6563 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6564 in your .emacs file.
6566 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6568 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6570 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6571 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6573 ;;;***
6575 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6576 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6577 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6578 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6580 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6581 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6583 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6584 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6586 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6587 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6589 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6590 of two major techniques:
6592 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6593 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6594 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6596 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6597 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6598 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6599 movement commands.
6601 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6602 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6603 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6604 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6605 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6606 mileage may vary).
6608 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6609 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6611 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6613 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6614 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6615 \(This is the default.)
6617 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6618 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6620 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6621 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6623 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6624 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6626 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6627 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6628 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6629 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6630 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6631 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6633 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6634 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6635 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6637 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6638 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6639 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6641 ;;;***
6643 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6644 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6645 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6646 ;;;;;; (14546 54851))
6647 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6649 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6650 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6652 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6653 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6654 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6656 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6658 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6659 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6660 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6661 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6663 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6664 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6666 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6668 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6669 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6670 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6672 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6674 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6675 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6676 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6677 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6678 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6679 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6681 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6682 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6684 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6685 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6687 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6688 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6689 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6691 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6692 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6694 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6695 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6696 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6698 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6699 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6700 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6702 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6703 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6704 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6706 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6707 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6708 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6709 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6710 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6711 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6712 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6713 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6714 end of the current highlighting list.
6716 For example:
6718 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6719 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6720 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6722 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6723 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6725 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6726 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6727 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6729 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6730 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6732 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6733 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6735 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6736 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6737 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6738 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6739 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6741 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6742 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6744 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6745 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6746 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6747 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6749 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6751 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6753 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6755 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6756 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6758 ;;;***
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6761 ;;;;;; (14551 28678))
6762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6764 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6765 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6766 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6767 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6768 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6770 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
6771 compatibility.
6773 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6774 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6776 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6778 ;;;***
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
6781 ;;;;;; 9680))
6782 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6784 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6785 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6786 \\<message-mode-map>
6787 key binding
6788 --- -------
6790 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
6791 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
6792 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
6793 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
6794 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
6795 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
6796 " t nil)
6798 ;;;***
6800 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6801 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6802 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6804 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6805 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6807 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6808 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6809 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6810 C-c < forms-first-record <
6811 C-c > forms-last-record >
6812 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6813 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6814 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6815 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6816 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6817 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6818 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6819 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6820 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6821 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6822 " t nil)
6824 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6825 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6827 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6828 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6830 ;;;***
6832 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6833 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6836 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6837 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6838 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6839 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6840 with a character in column 6.")
6842 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6843 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6844 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6845 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6847 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6848 Fortran keywords.
6850 Key definitions:
6851 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6853 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6855 `comment-start'
6856 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6857 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6858 `fortran-do-indent'
6859 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6860 `fortran-if-indent'
6861 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6862 `fortran-structure-indent'
6863 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6864 (default 3)
6865 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6866 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6867 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6868 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6869 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6870 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6871 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6872 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6873 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6874 (for TAB format continuation style).
6875 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6876 indentation for a line of code.
6877 (default 'fixed)
6878 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6879 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6880 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6881 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6882 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6883 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6884 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6885 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6886 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6887 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6888 column 5. (default 1)
6889 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6890 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6891 statements. (default nil)
6892 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6893 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6894 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6895 statement. (default nil)
6896 `fortran-continuation-string'
6897 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6898 line. (default \"$\")
6899 `fortran-comment-region'
6900 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6901 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6902 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6903 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6904 as typed. (default t)
6905 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6906 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
6907 (default t)
6909 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
6910 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6912 ;;;***
6914 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
6915 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
6916 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
6918 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
6919 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
6921 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
6922 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
6924 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
6925 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
6926 function.
6928 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
6929 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
6930 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
6931 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
6932 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
6933 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
6935 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6936 Each keyword should be a string.
6938 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
6939 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
6941 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
6942 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
6943 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
6945 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
6947 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
6949 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
6950 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
6951 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
6952 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
6954 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
6955 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
6957 ;;;***
6959 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
6960 ;;;;;; (14480 59906))
6961 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
6963 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
6964 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
6965 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
6966 at places they belong to." t nil)
6968 ;;;***
6970 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
6971 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
6972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
6974 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
6975 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
6977 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
6978 Read network news.
6979 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6980 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
6981 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6982 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
6983 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
6985 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
6986 Read news as a slave." t nil)
6988 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
6989 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
6991 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
6992 Read network news.
6993 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6994 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6995 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
6997 ;;;***
6999 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7000 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7001 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
7002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7004 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7005 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7007 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7008 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7010 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7011 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7012 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7013 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7015 \(gnus-agentize)
7017 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7018 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7019 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7021 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7022 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7024 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7026 ;;;***
7028 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7029 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
7030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7032 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7033 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7035 ;;;***
7037 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7038 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
7039 ;;;;;; 49293))
7040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7042 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7043 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7045 Usage:
7046 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7048 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7049 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7051 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7052 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7054 ;;;***
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7057 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
7058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7060 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7061 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7062 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7064 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7065 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7067 ;;;***
7069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7070 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7073 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7075 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7076 Run batched scoring.
7077 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7079 ;;;***
7081 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7082 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7085 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7086 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7087 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7089 ;;;***
7091 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7092 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7095 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7096 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7097 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7098 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7099 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7101 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7102 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7104 ;;;***
7106 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7107 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7110 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7111 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7112 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7113 for matching on group names.
7115 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7116 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7118 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7120 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7122 ;;;***
7124 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7125 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7128 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7129 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7131 ;;;***
7133 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7134 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7137 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7138 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7140 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7141 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7143 ;;;***
7145 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7146 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7149 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7150 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7152 ;;;***
7154 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
7155 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7157 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7158 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7159 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7160 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7161 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7163 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7164 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7165 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7167 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7168 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7169 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7171 ;;;***
7173 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7174 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7175 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7177 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7178 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7179 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7180 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7181 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7183 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7184 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7185 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7186 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7187 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7189 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7190 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7191 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7192 or to send e-mail.
7193 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7195 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7196 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7198 ;;;***
7200 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7203 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7204 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7205 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7206 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7207 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7209 ;;;***
7211 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7212 ;;;;;; (14517 9487))
7213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7215 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7216 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7217 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7218 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7220 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7221 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7222 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7223 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7225 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7226 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7227 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7228 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7230 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7231 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7232 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7233 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7235 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7236 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7238 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7239 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7240 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7241 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7243 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7244 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7245 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7246 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7248 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7249 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7250 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7251 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7252 between it and it's value." t nil)
7253 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7255 ;;;***
7257 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
7258 ;;;;;; 23942))
7259 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7261 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7262 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7263 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7264 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7266 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7267 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7268 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7269 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7271 ;;;***
7273 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7274 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7275 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7277 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7278 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7280 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7281 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7282 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7283 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7285 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7288 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7289 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7290 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7291 to be updated." t nil)
7293 ;;;***
7295 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7296 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7297 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7299 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7300 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7301 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7302 and window listing and describing the options.
7303 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7304 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7306 ;;;***
7308 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7309 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
7310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7312 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7313 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7315 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7316 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7318 ;;;***
7320 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7321 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
7322 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7324 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7325 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7326 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7327 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7328 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7330 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7331 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7333 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7334 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7335 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7336 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7338 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7339 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7340 periods.
7342 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7343 in hexl format.
7345 A sample format:
7347 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7348 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7349 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7350 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7351 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7352 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7353 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7354 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7355 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7356 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7357 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7358 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7359 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7360 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7361 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7363 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7364 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7365 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7367 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7368 also supported.
7370 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7372 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7373 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7374 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7376 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7377 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7378 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7380 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7381 into the buffer at the current point.
7383 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7384 into the buffer at the current point.
7386 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7387 into the buffer at the current point.
7389 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7391 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7392 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7394 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7396 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7398 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7399 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7400 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7402 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7403 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7404 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7406 ;;;***
7408 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7409 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7412 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7413 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7415 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7416 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7417 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7418 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7419 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7420 how the hiding is done:
7422 hide-ifdef-env
7423 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7424 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7425 is used.
7427 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7428 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7429 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7430 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7431 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7433 hide-ifdef-lines
7434 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7435 #endif lines when hiding.
7437 hide-ifdef-initially
7438 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7439 is activated.
7441 hide-ifdef-read-only
7442 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7443 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7445 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7447 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7448 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7450 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7451 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7453 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7454 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7456 ;;;***
7458 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7459 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
7460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7462 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7463 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7465 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7466 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7467 Each element has the form
7468 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7470 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7471 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7473 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7474 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7476 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7477 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7478 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7479 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7480 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7482 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7483 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7485 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7486 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7488 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7489 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7490 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7492 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7493 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7494 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7495 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7496 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7497 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7499 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7500 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7501 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7503 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7504 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7506 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
7508 Key bindings:
7509 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7511 ;;;***
7513 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7514 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7515 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7516 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7519 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7521 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7522 Remove the change face from the region.
7523 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7525 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7526 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7528 Without an argument,
7529 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7530 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7531 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7533 With an argument,
7534 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7535 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7536 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7538 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7539 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7540 not displayed in a different face.
7542 Functions:
7543 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7544 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7545 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7546 buffer with the contents of a file
7547 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7548 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7549 various faces.
7552 Hook variables:
7553 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7554 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7555 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7556 " t nil)
7558 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7559 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7561 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7562 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7564 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7565 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7567 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7568 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7569 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7570 shown in the last face in the list.
7572 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7573 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7574 buffer to be saved):
7575 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7576 " t nil)
7578 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7579 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7581 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7582 and not in read-only mode.
7584 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7585 when called interactively.
7587 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7588 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7589 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7591 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7592 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7593 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7595 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7596 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7598 When called interactively:
7599 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7600 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7601 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7602 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7604 When called from a program:
7605 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7606 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7607 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7608 - otherwise just turn it on
7610 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7611 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7612 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7613 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7615 ;;;***
7617 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7618 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7619 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7620 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7621 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7622 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7624 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7625 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7626 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7627 or insert functions in this list.")
7629 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7630 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7632 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7633 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7635 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7636 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7638 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7639 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7641 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7642 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7643 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7645 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7646 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7647 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7648 \(as atoms)")
7650 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7651 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7652 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7653 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7654 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7656 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7657 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7658 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7659 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7660 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7661 expansions.
7662 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7663 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7664 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7666 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7667 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7668 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7669 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7671 ;;;***
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
7674 ;;;;;; (14454 80))
7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7677 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7678 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
7679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7680 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
7682 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7684 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7686 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7687 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7689 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7690 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7691 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7693 ;;;***
7695 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7696 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7697 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7699 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7700 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7702 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7703 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7705 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7707 ;;;***
7709 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7710 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
7711 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7713 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7714 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7716 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7717 This function is absolete." t nil)
7719 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7720 This function is absolete." t nil)
7722 ;;;***
7724 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7725 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
7726 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7728 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7729 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7730 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7732 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7733 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7734 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7736 ;;;***
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7741 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7742 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7743 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7744 Tab indents for Icon code.
7745 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7746 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7747 \\{icon-mode-map}
7748 Variables controlling indentation style:
7749 icon-tab-always-indent
7750 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7751 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7752 icon-auto-newline
7753 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7754 inserted in Icon code.
7755 icon-indent-level
7756 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7757 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7758 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7759 icon-continued-statement-offset
7760 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7761 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7762 icon-continued-brace-offset
7763 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7764 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7765 icon-brace-offset
7766 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7767 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7768 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7769 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7771 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7772 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7774 ;;;***
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
7777 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
7780 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
7781 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
7782 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
7783 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
7785 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
7786 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
7787 separate frames.
7789 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
7791 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
7792 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
7793 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
7795 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7797 ;;;***
7799 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
7800 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
7803 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
7804 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
7806 The main features of this mode are
7808 1. Indentation and Formatting
7809 --------------------------
7810 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
7811 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
7813 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
7814 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
7815 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
7816 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
7818 Comments are indented as follows:
7820 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
7821 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
7822 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
7824 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
7826 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
7827 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
7828 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
7829 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
7830 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
7832 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
7833 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
7834 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
7836 2. Routine Info
7837 ------------
7838 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
7839 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
7840 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
7841 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
7842 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
7843 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
7844 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
7846 3. Completion
7847 ----------
7848 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
7849 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
7850 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
7851 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
7852 upper case.
7854 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
7855 --------------------------------
7856 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
7857 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
7859 \\pr PROCEDURE template
7860 \\fu FUNCTION template
7861 \\c CASE statement template
7862 \\f FOR loop template
7863 \\r REPEAT Loop template
7864 \\w WHILE loop template
7865 \\i IF statement template
7866 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
7867 \\b BEGIN
7869 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
7870 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
7872 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
7873 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
7874 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
7876 5. Automatic Case Conversion
7877 -------------------------
7878 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
7879 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
7881 6. Automatic END completion
7882 ------------------------
7883 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
7884 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
7886 7. Hooks
7887 -----
7888 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
7889 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
7891 8. Documentation and Customization
7892 -------------------------------
7893 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
7894 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
7895 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
7896 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
7897 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
7899 9. Keybindings
7900 -----------
7901 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
7902 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
7903 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
7905 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
7907 ;;;***
7909 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
7911 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
7913 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
7914 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
7915 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
7917 ;;;***
7919 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
7920 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
7921 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14524 62778))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
7924 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
7925 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
7926 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
7927 be determined." nil nil)
7929 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
7930 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
7931 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
7932 be determined." nil nil)
7934 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
7935 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
7936 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
7938 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
7939 Create an image.
7940 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
7941 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
7942 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
7943 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
7944 use its file extension.as image type.
7945 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
7946 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
7947 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
7948 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
7950 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
7951 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
7952 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
7953 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
7954 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
7955 image.
7956 POS may be an integer or marker.
7957 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7958 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7959 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7960 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7962 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
7963 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
7964 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
7965 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
7966 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7967 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7968 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7969 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7971 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
7972 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
7973 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
7974 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
7976 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
7977 Define SYMBOL as an image.
7979 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
7980 documentation string.
7982 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
7983 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
7984 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
7985 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
7986 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
7987 string containing the actual image data. The first image
7988 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
7989 define SYMBOL.
7991 Example:
7993 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
7994 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
7996 ;;;***
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
7999 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8002 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8003 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8005 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8007 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8008 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8009 in the buffer.
8011 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8013 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8014 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8015 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8017 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8018 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8020 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8021 to create a buffer index.
8023 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8024 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8025 or like this:
8026 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8027 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8028 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8029 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
8030 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8032 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8033 entries are not nested.
8035 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8036 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8037 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8038 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8040 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8041 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8043 The variable is buffer-local.
8045 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8046 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8047 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8049 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8050 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8051 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8052 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8054 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8056 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8057 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8059 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8060 of the current buffer as an alist.
8062 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8063 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8064 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8065 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8066 if it is a sub-alist.
8068 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8070 The variable is buffer-local.")
8072 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8074 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8075 Function for finding the next index position.
8077 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8078 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8079 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8080 file.
8082 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8083 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8085 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8087 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8089 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8090 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8092 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8093 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8094 It should return the name for that index item.
8096 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8098 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8100 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8101 Function to compare string with index item.
8103 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8104 non-nil if they match.
8106 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8107 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8108 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8109 arguments match\".
8111 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8113 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8115 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8116 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8117 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8119 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8121 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8123 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8124 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8125 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8126 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8128 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8129 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8131 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8133 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8134 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8135 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8136 for more information." t nil)
8138 ;;;***
8140 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8141 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
8142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8144 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8145 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8146 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8147 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8148 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8150 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8151 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8153 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8154 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8155 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8156 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8157 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8158 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8159 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8160 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8162 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8163 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8164 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8165 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8166 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8168 More precise choices:
8169 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8170 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8171 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
8173 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8175 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8176 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8178 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8179 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8180 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8181 to that buffer.
8182 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8183 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8184 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8185 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8186 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8188 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8190 ;;;***
8192 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8193 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
8194 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14544 60288))
8195 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8197 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8198 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8199 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8201 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8202 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8203 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8204 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8205 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8206 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8208 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8209 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8211 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8212 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8213 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8215 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8216 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8217 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8218 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8220 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8221 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8222 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8223 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8224 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8226 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8227 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8228 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
8229 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8230 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8231 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8233 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8234 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8235 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8237 ;;;***
8239 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8240 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8241 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
8242 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8244 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8245 Throw away all cached data.
8246 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8247 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8248 system." t nil)
8250 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8251 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8252 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8253 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8254 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8255 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8257 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8259 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8260 Display the documentation of a file.
8261 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8262 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8263 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8264 The default file name is the one found at point.
8266 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8268 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8269 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8271 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8272 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8274 ;;;***
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8277 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8280 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8281 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8283 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8284 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8285 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8287 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8288 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8289 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8291 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8292 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8293 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8294 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8296 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8297 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8298 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8300 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8301 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8302 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8303 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8304 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8306 ;;;***
8308 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8309 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8310 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8313 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8314 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8316 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8317 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8319 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8321 ;;;***
8323 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8324 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8327 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8328 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8329 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8330 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8331 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8332 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8334 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8335 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8337 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8338 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8339 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8340 \"s gives German sharp s.
8341 /a gives a with ring.
8342 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8343 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8344 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8345 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8347 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8348 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8350 ;;;***
8352 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8353 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
8354 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
8355 ;;;;;; (13768 42838))
8356 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8358 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8359 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8360 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8361 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8362 `format-alist')." t nil)
8364 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8365 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8366 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8367 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8368 `format-alist')." t nil)
8370 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8371 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8372 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8373 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8374 `format-alist')." t nil)
8376 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8377 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8378 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8379 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8380 `format-alist')." t nil)
8382 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8383 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8384 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8385 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8386 `format-alist')." t nil)
8388 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8389 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8390 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8391 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8392 `format-alist')." t nil)
8394 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8395 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8396 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8397 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8398 `format-alist')." t nil)
8400 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8401 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8403 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8404 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8406 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8407 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8409 ;;;***
8411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8412 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
8413 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8414 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8415 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8416 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8418 ;;;***
8420 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8421 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8422 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8423 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8424 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8425 ;;;;;; (14457 51532))
8426 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8428 (defconst ispell-xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8429 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8431 (defconst ispell-version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8432 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8434 (defconst ispell-version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8435 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8437 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8438 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8439 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8440 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8442 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8443 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8444 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8446 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasiliano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8448 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8450 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8452 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8454 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8456 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8458 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8459 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8461 Each element of this list is also a list:
8463 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8464 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8466 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8467 nil means the default dictionary.
8469 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8470 word.
8472 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8474 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8475 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8476 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8477 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8478 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8479 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8480 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8481 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8482 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8484 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8485 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8486 single word.
8488 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8489 subprocess.
8491 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8492 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8493 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8494 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8495 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8496 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8497 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8498 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8500 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8502 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8503 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8504 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8506 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8507 Key map for ispell menu.")
8509 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8510 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8511 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8512 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8514 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not ispell-version18p) (not ispell-xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8516 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default"))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8518 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
8520 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
8522 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8524 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8525 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8526 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8527 Valid forms include:
8528 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8529 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8530 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8531 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8533 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8534 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8535 First list is used raw.
8536 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8538 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8539 for skipping in latex mode.")
8541 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8543 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8544 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8545 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8546 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8548 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8549 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8550 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8551 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8552 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8554 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8555 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8557 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8559 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8560 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8562 return values:
8563 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8564 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8565 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8566 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8567 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8569 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8570 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8572 Selections are:
8574 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8575 SPC: Accept word this time.
8576 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8577 `a': Accept word for this session.
8578 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8579 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8580 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8581 `?': Show these commands.
8582 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8583 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8584 the aborted check to be completed later.
8585 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8586 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8587 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8588 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8589 `C-l': redraws screen
8590 `C-r': recursive edit
8591 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8593 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8594 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8595 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8597 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8598 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8599 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8601 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8603 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8605 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8606 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8607 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8608 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8610 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8611 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8613 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8614 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8616 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8617 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8619 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8620 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8621 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8622 sequence inside of a word.
8624 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8626 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8627 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8629 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8630 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8631 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8633 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8634 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8636 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8637 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8639 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8640 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8641 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8642 Don't check included messages.
8644 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8645 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8646 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8648 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8649 in your .emacs file:
8650 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8651 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8652 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8653 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8655 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
8656 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
8657 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
8659 ;;;***
8661 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
8662 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
8663 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14482 55434))
8664 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
8666 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8667 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
8668 Return the name of a buffer selected.
8669 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
8670 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
8671 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
8673 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
8674 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
8675 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
8676 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
8678 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8679 Switch to another buffer.
8681 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
8682 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
8683 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
8684 in another frame.
8685 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8687 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
8688 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
8689 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8690 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8692 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8693 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
8694 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8695 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8697 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
8698 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
8699 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8700 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
8705 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
8706 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
8707 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
8708 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
8709 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
8711 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
8712 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
8716 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
8717 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
8718 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8719 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8720 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
8721 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
8722 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
8723 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
8725 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
8726 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
8727 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8728 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8730 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
8731 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
8732 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8733 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8734 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
8736 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
8737 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
8738 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8739 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8741 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
8742 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
8743 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
8744 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
8746 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
8747 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
8749 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8750 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
8751 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8752 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8753 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
8755 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8756 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
8757 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8758 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8759 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
8761 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
8762 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
8763 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
8765 ;;;***
8767 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
8768 ;;;;;; (14550 5866))
8769 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8771 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8772 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8773 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8774 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8776 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8777 following ways:
8779 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8780 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8781 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8782 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8783 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8785 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8786 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8787 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8788 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8790 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8791 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8792 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8793 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8794 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8795 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8796 strings or comments span lines.
8798 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8799 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8800 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8801 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
8803 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8804 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8806 ;;;***
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8809 ;;;;;; (14495 17985))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8812 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8813 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8815 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8817 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8819 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8820 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8822 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8823 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8824 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8825 (interactive "P")
8826 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8827 (progn
8828 (require 'jka-compr)
8829 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8830 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8831 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8833 ;;;***
8835 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8836 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8839 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8840 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8841 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8843 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8844 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8845 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8846 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8847 shorter.
8849 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8850 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8851 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8853 ;;;***
8855 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8856 ;;;;;; 39823))
8857 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8859 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8860 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8861 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8862 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8863 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8864 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8865 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
8867 ;;;***
8869 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
8870 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
8871 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
8873 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
8874 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
8875 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
8877 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
8878 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
8880 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
8882 ;;;***
8884 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
8885 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
8888 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
8890 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
8891 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
8893 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
8895 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
8896 Start or resume an Lm game.
8897 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
8898 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
8900 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
8901 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8902 none / 1 | yes | no
8903 2 | yes | yes
8904 3 | no | yes
8905 4 | no | no
8907 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
8908 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
8909 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8911 ;;;***
8913 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
8914 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string
8915 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
8916 ;;;;;; (14423 51007))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
8919 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
8920 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
8922 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
8924 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
8925 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
8926 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
8927 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
8928 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
8929 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
8931 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
8932 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
8934 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
8935 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
8937 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
8938 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
8939 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
8940 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
8941 to compose.
8943 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
8945 ;;;***
8947 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
8948 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
8951 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
8952 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
8953 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
8954 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8956 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
8958 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
8960 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
8961 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
8962 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
8963 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
8964 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
8965 for large buffers.
8967 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
8968 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
8969 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
8970 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
8971 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
8973 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
8974 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
8975 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
8976 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
8977 slow to keep up with your typing.
8979 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
8980 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
8981 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
8982 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
8983 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
8984 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
8986 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8987 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8988 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8989 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8991 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
8992 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
8993 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
8994 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
8996 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8997 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8998 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8999 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9000 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9002 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9003 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9005 ;;;***
9007 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9008 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
9009 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9011 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9012 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9014 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9015 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9017 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9018 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9020 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9021 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9022 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9023 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9024 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9025 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9026 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9027 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9028 and transmit saved text.
9029 \\{ledit-mode-map}
9030 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9031 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9033 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9035 ;;;***
9037 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9038 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9040 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9041 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9042 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9043 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9044 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9046 ;;;***
9048 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
9049 ;;;;;; 16155))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9052 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9053 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9054 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
9055 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9057 ;;;***
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9060 ;;;;;; (14396 4034))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9063 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9064 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9065 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9067 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9068 Run the locate command with a filter.
9070 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9071 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9073 ;;;***
9075 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14537 49316))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9078 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9079 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9080 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9081 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9082 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9083 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9084 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9085 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9087 ;;;***
9089 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14552
9090 ;;;;;; 48685))
9091 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9093 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9094 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9096 ;;;***
9098 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9099 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14440
9100 ;;;;;; 46009))
9101 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9103 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9104 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9105 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9107 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9108 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9110 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9111 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9112 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9113 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9114 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9115 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9116 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9118 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9119 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9120 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9121 switch on this list.
9122 See `lpr-command'.")
9124 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9125 *Name of program for printing a file.
9127 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9128 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9129 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9130 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9131 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9132 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9133 argument.")
9135 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9136 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9137 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9138 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9140 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9141 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9143 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9144 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9145 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9146 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9148 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9149 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9151 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9152 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9154 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9155 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9156 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9157 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9159 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9160 Paginate and print the region contents.
9162 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9163 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9164 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9165 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9167 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9168 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9170 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9171 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9173 ;;;***
9175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9178 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9179 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9180 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9181 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9182 package is used.")
9184 ;;;***
9186 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9187 ;;;;;; 53924))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9190 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9191 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9192 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9194 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9196 ;;;***
9198 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
9199 ;;;;;; 30919))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9202 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9203 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9204 \\{m4-mode-map}
9205 " t nil)
9207 ;;;***
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9210 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9213 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9214 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9215 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9216 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9217 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9219 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9220 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9221 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9222 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9224 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9225 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9226 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9227 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9228 bindings.
9230 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9231 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9233 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9234 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9235 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9236 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9237 each time the macro executes.
9238 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9239 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9240 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9241 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9242 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9243 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9244 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9246 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9247 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9248 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9250 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9251 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9252 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9253 execute.
9255 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9256 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9258 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9259 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9260 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9261 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9262 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9264 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9265 looked like this:
9267 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9268 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9269 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9271 You could enter the names in this format:
9277 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9279 \\C-x (
9280 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9281 \\C-x )
9283 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9284 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9285 " t nil)
9286 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9288 ;;;***
9290 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9291 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9294 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9295 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9296 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9297 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9299 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9300 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9301 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9302 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9303 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9305 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9306 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9307 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9308 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9310 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9311 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9313 ;;;***
9315 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9316 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9317 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9320 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9321 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9323 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9325 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9326 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9328 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9329 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9330 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9331 message.
9333 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9335 ;;;***
9337 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9338 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9339 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
9340 ;;;;;; 36191))
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9343 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9344 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9345 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9346 often correct parser.")
9348 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9350 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9351 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9352 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9353 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9355 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9356 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9357 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9358 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9360 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9361 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9362 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9363 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9365 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9366 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9367 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9368 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9369 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9370 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9372 ;;;***
9374 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9375 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14495 18025))
9376 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9378 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9379 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9381 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9382 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9383 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9385 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9386 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9387 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9389 ;;;***
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9392 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9393 ;;;;;; 15646))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9396 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9397 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9398 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9399 king@grassland.com
9400 If `parens', they look like:
9401 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9402 If `angles', they look like:
9403 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9405 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9406 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9407 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9408 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9409 their `Resent-' variants.
9411 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9412 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9414 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9415 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9416 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9418 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9419 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9420 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9421 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9423 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9424 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9425 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9426 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9428 ;;;***
9430 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9431 ;;;;;; (14554 2005))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9434 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9435 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9436 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9438 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9440 In the browser, use the following keys:
9442 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9444 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9446 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9447 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9449 makefile-target-colon:
9450 The string that gets appended to all target names
9451 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9452 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9454 makefile-macro-assign:
9455 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9456 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9457 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9458 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9459 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9460 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9462 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9463 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9464 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9466 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9467 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9469 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9470 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9471 up or down in the browser.
9473 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9474 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9476 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9477 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9479 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9480 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9481 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9482 has been selected in the browser.
9484 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9485 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9486 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9487 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9488 filenames are omitted.
9490 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9491 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9492 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9493 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9494 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9495 the backslash itself intact.
9496 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9497 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9499 makefile-browser-hook:
9500 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9501 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9503 makefile-special-targets-list:
9504 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9505 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9506 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9508 ;;;***
9510 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9511 ;;;;;; 28917))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9514 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9515 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9516 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9518 ;;;***
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14539 53667))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9523 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9525 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9526 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9527 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9528 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9529 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9530 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9531 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
9533 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9534 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9536 ;;;***
9538 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9539 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9540 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9541 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9542 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9543 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9544 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9545 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9546 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9549 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9550 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9552 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9553 king@grassland.com
9554 If `parens', they look like:
9555 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9556 If `angles', they look like:
9557 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9559 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9560 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9562 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9563 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9565 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9566 *Local news organization file.")
9568 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9569 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9570 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9571 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9573 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9574 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9575 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9577 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9578 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9580 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9581 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9582 nil means use indentation.")
9584 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9585 *Function for citing an original message.
9586 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9587 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9588 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9590 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9591 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9592 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9593 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9594 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9596 (defvar message-signature t "\
9597 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9598 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9599 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9600 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9602 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9603 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9605 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9607 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9608 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9609 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9610 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9611 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9612 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9613 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9614 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9615 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9616 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9617 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9618 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9619 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9620 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9621 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9622 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9623 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9624 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9625 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9626 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9627 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9629 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9630 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9631 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9633 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9634 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9636 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9637 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9639 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9640 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9642 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9643 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9644 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9646 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9647 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9649 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9650 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9651 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9652 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9654 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9655 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9657 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
9658 Forward the current message via mail.
9659 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
9661 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
9662 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
9664 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
9665 Re-mail the current message.
9666 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
9667 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
9668 you." t nil)
9670 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
9671 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
9673 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
9674 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
9676 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
9677 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9679 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
9680 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9682 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
9683 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
9684 Works by overstriking characters.
9685 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9686 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9688 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
9689 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
9690 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9691 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9693 ;;;***
9695 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
9696 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
9699 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9700 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
9701 Special commands:
9702 \\{meta-mode-map}
9704 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
9705 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9707 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9708 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
9709 Special commands:
9710 \\{meta-mode-map}
9712 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
9713 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9715 ;;;***
9717 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
9718 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
9719 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
9720 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
9722 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
9723 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9724 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9726 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
9727 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9728 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9729 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9730 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9731 redisplayed as output is inserted.
9732 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9734 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
9735 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
9736 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9737 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9738 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9739 means current).
9740 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9741 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9743 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
9744 Process current region through 'metamail'.
9745 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9746 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9747 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9748 means current).
9749 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9750 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9752 ;;;***
9754 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
9755 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14460 38678))
9756 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
9758 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
9759 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
9760 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9761 to the MH mail system.
9763 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9765 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
9766 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
9767 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9768 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
9769 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
9770 that want to create a mail buffer.
9771 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
9773 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
9774 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
9775 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9776 to the MH mail system.
9778 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9780 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
9781 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
9782 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
9783 using the MH mail handling system.
9784 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
9785 messages.
9787 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
9789 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
9791 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
9792 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
9793 the yanked message.
9795 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
9796 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
9797 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
9798 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
9799 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
9801 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
9802 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
9803 inserted in a draft letter.
9805 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
9806 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
9808 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
9810 ;;;***
9812 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532
9813 ;;;;;; 63447))
9814 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
9816 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
9817 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
9818 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9819 to the MH mail system." t nil)
9821 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
9822 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
9824 ;;;***
9826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
9827 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
9829 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
9830 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
9832 ;;;***
9834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
9835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9837 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9839 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9841 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9843 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9845 ;;;***
9847 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9848 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9849 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9851 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9852 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9853 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9854 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9855 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9856 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9857 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9858 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9859 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9860 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9861 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9863 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9864 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9865 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9866 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
9868 ;;;***
9870 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
9871 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
9872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
9874 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
9875 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
9877 ;;;***
9879 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
9880 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
9881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
9883 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
9884 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
9885 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
9886 followed by the first character of the construct.
9887 \\<m2-mode-map>
9888 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
9889 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
9890 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
9891 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
9892 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
9893 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
9894 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
9895 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
9896 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
9897 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
9898 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
9899 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
9900 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
9901 \\[m2-link] link
9903 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
9904 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
9905 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
9907 ;;;***
9909 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
9910 ;;;;;; 2283))
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
9913 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
9914 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
9915 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9916 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
9918 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
9920 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
9922 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
9924 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
9925 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
9926 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
9927 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
9928 Triple-clicking selects lines.
9929 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
9931 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
9932 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
9933 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
9934 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
9936 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
9937 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
9939 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
9940 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
9942 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
9944 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
9945 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
9946 primary selection and region." t nil)
9948 ;;;***
9950 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
9951 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
9953 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
9954 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
9956 ;;;***
9958 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030))
9959 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
9961 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
9962 Toggle msb-mode.
9963 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9964 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
9966 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9968 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
9970 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
9971 Toggle Msb mode.
9972 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9973 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
9974 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
9976 ;;;***
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
9979 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
9980 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
9981 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
9982 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (14551 28679))
9983 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
9985 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
9986 Display a list of all character sets.
9988 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
9989 for internal Emacs use.
9991 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
9992 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
9993 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
9994 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
9995 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
9997 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
9998 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
9999 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10000 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10002 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10003 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10005 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10006 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10007 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10008 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10009 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10011 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10012 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10013 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10014 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10015 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10017 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10018 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10020 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10021 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10023 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10024 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10026 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10027 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10028 at the place of `..':
10029 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
10030 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
10031 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10032 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
10033 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
10034 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
10035 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10036 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10037 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10038 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10039 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10040 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
10041 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10042 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
10043 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10044 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
10046 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10047 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10049 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10050 Display a list of all coding systems.
10051 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10053 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10054 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10056 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10057 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10059 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10060 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10062 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10063 Display information of FONTSET.
10064 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
10065 contained in FONTSET.
10067 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
10068 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
10069 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
10070 frame.
10072 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
10073 o -- font already opened
10074 - -- font not yet opened
10075 x -- font can't be opened
10076 ? -- no font specified
10078 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
10079 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
10081 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10082 Display a list of all fontsets.
10083 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10084 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10085 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10087 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10088 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10090 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10091 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10093 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10094 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10095 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10096 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10098 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10099 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10100 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10102 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10103 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10104 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10106 ;;;***
10108 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10109 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10110 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10111 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10112 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10113 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10114 ;;;;;; (14423 50997))
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10117 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10118 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10119 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10121 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10123 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10125 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10126 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10128 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10129 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10130 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10131 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10132 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10134 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10135 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10136 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10137 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10138 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10140 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10141 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10143 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10145 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10147 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10148 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10149 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10150 is considered.
10151 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10152 longer than KEYSEQ.
10153 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10155 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10156 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10157 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10158 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10159 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10160 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10161 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10162 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10163 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10164 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10165 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10167 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10168 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10170 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10171 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10173 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10174 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10176 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10177 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10179 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10180 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10182 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10183 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10184 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10185 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10187 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10188 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10189 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10190 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10192 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10193 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10194 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10195 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10197 ;;;***
10199 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10202 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10203 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10205 ;;;***
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10208 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10209 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
10210 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
10211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
10213 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10214 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10216 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10217 Ping HOST.
10218 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10219 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10221 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10222 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10224 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10226 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10227 Run netstat program." t nil)
10229 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10230 Run the arp program." t nil)
10232 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10233 Run the route program." t nil)
10235 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10236 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10238 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10239 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10241 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10242 Run dig program." t nil)
10244 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10245 Run ftp program." t nil)
10247 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10248 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10250 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10251 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10252 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10253 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10255 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10257 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10258 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10260 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10261 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10263 ;;;***
10265 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10266 ;;;;;; 49432))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10269 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10270 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10271 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10272 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10273 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10274 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10276 ;;;***
10278 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10279 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10282 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10283 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10285 ;;;***
10287 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10288 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10291 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10292 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10293 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10295 ;;;***
10297 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10298 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10301 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10302 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10304 ;;;***
10306 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10307 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10310 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10311 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10313 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10314 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10316 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10317 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10319 ;;;***
10321 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10322 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10325 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10326 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10327 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10329 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10331 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10332 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10333 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10334 to future sessions." t nil)
10336 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10337 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10338 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10339 to future sessions." t nil)
10341 ;;;***
10343 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10344 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10345 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10347 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10348 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10349 \\{nroff-mode-map}
10350 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10351 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10352 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10354 ;;;***
10356 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10357 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10360 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10361 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10362 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10363 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10364 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10366 ;;;***
10368 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10369 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10372 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10373 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10374 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10376 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10378 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10379 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10381 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10382 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10383 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10385 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10387 ;;;***
10389 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10390 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
10391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10393 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10394 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10396 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10397 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10398 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10399 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10401 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10402 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10403 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10404 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10405 is why you need this mode!).
10407 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10408 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10409 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10411 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10413 Keybindings
10414 ===========
10416 \\{octave-mode-map}
10418 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10419 ==============================================
10421 octave-auto-indent
10422 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10423 Default is nil.
10425 octave-auto-newline
10426 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10427 Default is nil.
10429 octave-blink-matching-block
10430 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10431 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10433 octave-block-offset
10434 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10435 Default is 2.
10437 octave-continuation-offset
10438 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10439 Default is 4.
10441 octave-continuation-string
10442 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10443 Default is a backslash.
10445 octave-mode-startup-message
10446 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10447 Default is t.
10449 octave-send-echo-input
10450 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10451 command to the inferior Octave process.
10453 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10454 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10455 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10457 octave-send-echo-input
10458 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10460 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10462 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10463 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10465 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10466 (setq auto-mode-alist
10467 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10469 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10470 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10472 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10473 (lambda ()
10474 (abbrev-mode 1)
10475 (auto-fill-mode 1)
10476 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10477 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10479 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10480 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10481 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10482 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10484 ;;;***
10486 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10487 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10490 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10491 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10493 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10494 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10495 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10496 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10497 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10499 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10501 ;;;***
10503 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10504 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
10505 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10507 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10508 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10509 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10510 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10512 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10513 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10514 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10515 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10517 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10518 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10519 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10520 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10521 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10522 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10524 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10525 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10527 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10528 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10529 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10530 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10531 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10532 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10533 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10534 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10535 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10536 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10537 The subheadings remain visible.
10538 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
10540 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
10541 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
10542 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
10544 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
10545 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
10547 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
10548 Toggle Outline minor mode.
10549 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10550 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
10552 ;;;***
10554 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
10555 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
10558 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
10559 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
10560 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10561 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
10562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10563 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
10565 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10567 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
10569 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
10570 Toggle Show Paren mode.
10571 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10572 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
10574 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10575 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
10577 ;;;***
10579 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507
10580 ;;;;;; 63078))
10581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
10583 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
10584 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
10585 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10587 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
10588 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
10590 Other useful functions are:
10592 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
10593 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
10594 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
10595 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
10596 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
10597 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
10598 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
10599 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
10600 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
10602 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
10604 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
10605 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
10606 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
10607 Indentation for case statements.
10608 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
10609 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
10610 mark after an end.
10611 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
10612 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
10613 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
10614 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
10615 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10616 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
10617 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
10618 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
10619 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
10620 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
10622 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
10623 pascal-separator-keywords.
10625 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
10626 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10628 ;;;***
10630 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
10631 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
10634 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
10635 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
10636 The keys affected are:
10637 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
10638 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
10639 M-Backspace does undo.
10640 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
10641 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
10642 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
10644 ;;;***
10646 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
10647 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
10650 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
10651 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
10653 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10655 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
10656 which modify the status of the mark.
10658 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
10659 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
10661 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
10662 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
10664 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
10665 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
10666 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
10667 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
10668 turning pc-selection-mode on.
10670 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
10671 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
10673 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
10674 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
10675 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
10677 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
10678 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
10679 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
10681 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
10682 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
10684 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
10685 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
10686 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
10688 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
10689 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
10690 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
10692 F6 other-window
10693 DELETE delete-char
10694 C-DELETE kill-line
10695 M-DELETE kill-word
10696 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
10697 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
10698 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
10700 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
10701 Toggle PC Selection mode.
10702 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
10703 and cursor movement commands.
10704 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10705 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
10707 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10709 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
10711 ;;;***
10713 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
10714 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14552 48942))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
10717 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
10718 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
10719 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
10720 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10722 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
10724 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
10725 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
10726 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
10727 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10728 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10729 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10730 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10731 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10733 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
10734 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10735 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10736 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10737 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10738 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
10740 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
10741 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10742 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10743 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10744 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10745 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10746 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10748 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
10750 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
10751 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
10752 NIL means never do it.
10753 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
10754 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
10755 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
10757 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
10759 ;;;***
10761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685))
10762 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
10764 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
10766 ;;;***
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
10769 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
10770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
10772 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
10773 Major mode for editing Perl code.
10774 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
10775 Tab indents for Perl code.
10776 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
10777 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
10778 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10779 \\{perl-mode-map}
10780 Variables controlling indentation style:
10781 perl-tab-always-indent
10782 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
10783 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10784 perl-tab-to-comment
10785 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
10786 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
10787 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
10788 perl-nochange
10789 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
10790 perl-indent-level
10791 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
10792 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
10793 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
10794 perl-continued-statement-offset
10795 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
10796 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
10797 perl-continued-brace-offset
10798 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
10799 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
10800 perl-brace-offset
10801 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
10802 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
10803 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
10804 this far to the right of the start of its line.
10805 perl-label-offset
10806 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
10808 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
10809 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
10810 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
10811 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
10812 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
10813 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
10814 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
10816 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
10818 ;;;***
10820 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
10821 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
10822 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
10824 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
10825 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
10826 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
10827 afterwards settable by these commands:
10828 C-c < Move left after insertion.
10829 C-c > Move right after insertion.
10830 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
10831 C-c . Move down after insertion.
10832 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
10833 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
10834 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
10835 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
10836 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
10837 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
10838 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
10839 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
10840 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
10841 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
10842 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
10843 with these commands:
10844 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
10845 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
10846 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
10847 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
10848 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
10849 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
10850 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
10851 Return Move to beginning of next line.
10852 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
10853 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
10854 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
10855 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
10856 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
10857 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
10858 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
10859 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
10860 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
10861 You can manipulate text with these commands:
10862 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
10863 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
10864 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
10865 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
10866 text is saved in the kill ring.
10867 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
10868 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
10869 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
10870 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
10871 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
10872 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
10873 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
10874 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
10875 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
10876 commands if invoked soon enough.
10877 You can return to the previous mode with:
10878 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
10879 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
10881 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
10883 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
10884 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
10886 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
10888 ;;;***
10890 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
10891 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
10893 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
10894 Play pong and waste time.
10895 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
10896 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
10898 pong-mode keybindings:
10899 \\<pong-mode-map>
10901 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
10903 ;;;***
10905 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
10906 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
10907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
10909 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
10910 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
10911 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
10912 can handle, whenever this is possible.
10913 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
10915 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
10916 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
10917 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
10918 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
10919 in the variable `values'." t nil)
10921 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
10922 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
10923 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
10924 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
10926 ;;;***
10928 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
10929 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
10932 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
10933 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
10934 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
10935 Commands:
10936 \\{prolog-mode-map}
10937 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
10938 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10940 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
10941 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
10943 ;;;***
10945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
10948 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
10949 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
10950 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
10952 ;;;***
10954 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
10955 ;;;;;; 3795))
10956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
10958 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
10959 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
10961 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
10963 The following variables hold user options, and can
10964 be set through the `customize' command:
10966 ps-mode-auto-indent
10967 ps-mode-tab
10968 ps-mode-paper-size
10969 ps-mode-print-function
10970 ps-run-prompt
10971 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
10972 ps-run-x
10973 ps-run-dumb
10974 ps-run-init
10975 ps-run-error-line-numbers
10976 ps-run-tmp-dir
10978 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
10981 \\{ps-mode-map}
10984 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
10985 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
10986 The keymap for this second window is:
10988 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
10991 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
10992 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
10993 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
10994 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
10995 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
10996 " t nil)
10998 ;;;***
11000 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
11001 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
11002 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
11003 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14454 81))
11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
11006 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
11007 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
11009 Valid values are:
11011 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
11012 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
11013 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
11014 changed by setting the variable
11015 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
11016 The initial value of this variable is
11017 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
11018 documentation).
11020 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
11021 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
11022 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
11023 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
11024 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
11025 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
11026 test it.
11028 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
11029 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
11030 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
11031 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
11032 source file. BDF fonts are included in
11033 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
11034 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
11035 use this value, be sure to have installed
11036 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
11037 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
11038 documentation of this variable).
11040 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
11041 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
11042 characters. This is convenient when you want or
11043 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
11044 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
11045 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
11047 Any other value is treated as nil.")
11049 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
11050 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
11051 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
11053 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11055 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
11056 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
11058 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
11060 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11062 Returns the value:
11064 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11066 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11067 the sequence." nil nil)
11069 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
11070 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
11072 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
11073 composition.
11075 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11077 Returns the value:
11079 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11081 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11082 the sequence." nil nil)
11084 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
11085 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
11087 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
11088 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
11089 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
11091 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11093 ;;;***
11095 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
11096 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
11097 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
11098 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
11099 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
11100 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14554 7425))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
11103 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
11104 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
11105 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
11106 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
11108 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
11109 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
11111 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11112 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11114 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11115 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
11116 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11118 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11119 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11120 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11122 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11123 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11124 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11125 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11126 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11128 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
11129 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11130 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
11132 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11133 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11134 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11135 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11136 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11138 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11139 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11140 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
11141 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
11143 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11145 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11146 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11147 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11148 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11149 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11151 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11153 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
11154 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11155 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
11157 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11159 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11160 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11161 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11162 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11163 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11165 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11167 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11168 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11170 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11171 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11172 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11174 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11175 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11176 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11178 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11179 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11180 using the current ps-print setup.
11181 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11182 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11184 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11185 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11186 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11188 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11189 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11190 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11192 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11193 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11195 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11196 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11198 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11199 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11201 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11203 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11205 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11206 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11208 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11209 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11211 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11213 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11215 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11217 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11218 foreground and background colors respectively.
11220 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11221 bold - use bold font.
11222 italic - use italic font.
11223 underline - put a line under text.
11224 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11225 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11226 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11227 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11228 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11230 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11232 ;;;***
11234 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11235 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11236 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11237 ;;;;;; (14551 28773))
11238 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11240 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11241 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11242 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11244 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11245 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11246 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11247 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11248 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11249 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11250 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11252 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11253 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11254 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11255 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11256 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11257 shown.
11258 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11260 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11262 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11263 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11264 command to be called.
11266 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11267 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11268 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11269 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11271 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11272 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11273 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11274 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11275 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11276 to t.
11278 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11279 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11280 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11281 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11283 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11284 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11285 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11286 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11288 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11289 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11290 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11291 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11292 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11293 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11295 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11296 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11297 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11298 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11299 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11300 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11302 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11303 covers Quail translation region.
11305 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11306 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11307 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11308 for it) is inserted.
11310 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11311 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11312 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11314 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11315 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11316 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11318 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11319 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11321 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11322 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11323 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11324 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11325 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11327 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11328 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11329 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11330 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11331 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11332 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11333 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11334 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11335 for the translation.
11336 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11338 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11339 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11341 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11342 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11344 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11345 which to install MAP.
11347 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11349 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11350 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11351 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11352 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11353 a function, or a cons.
11354 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11355 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11356 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11357 for the translation.
11358 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11359 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11360 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11361 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11362 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11364 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11365 it is used to handle KEY.
11367 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11368 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11369 current Quail package.
11371 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11372 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11374 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11375 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11377 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11378 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11379 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11380 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11381 of the Emacs source tree.
11383 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11384 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11386 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11387 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11388 of each directory." t nil)
11390 ;;;***
11392 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
11393 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
11394 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
11395 ;;;;;; 7245))
11396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
11398 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
11399 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
11400 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
11401 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
11403 To make use of this do something like:
11405 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
11407 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
11409 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11411 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
11412 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
11414 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
11415 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
11417 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
11418 is decided." t nil)
11420 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11422 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
11423 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
11425 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
11426 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
11428 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
11429 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
11431 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
11433 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
11435 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
11436 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
11438 ;;;***
11440 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
11441 ;;;;;; 16808))
11442 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
11444 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
11445 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
11446 See \\[compile]." t nil)
11448 ;;;***
11450 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
11451 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
11452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
11454 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
11455 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
11457 ;;;***
11459 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
11460 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14539
11461 ;;;;;; 49146))
11462 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
11464 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
11465 Toggle recentf mode.
11466 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11467 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
11469 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
11470 were operated on recently." t nil)
11472 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
11473 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
11475 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
11476 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
11478 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
11479 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
11481 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
11482 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
11484 ;;;***
11486 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
11487 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
11488 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
11489 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
11490 ;;;;;; 23030))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
11493 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
11494 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
11495 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
11496 spaces and tab.
11498 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
11499 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
11501 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
11502 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
11503 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
11504 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
11505 ends.
11507 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11508 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
11509 to be deleted." t nil)
11511 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11512 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11513 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
11515 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11516 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11517 deleted." nil nil)
11519 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11520 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11521 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
11523 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
11524 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
11526 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11527 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
11529 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11530 deleted." t nil)
11532 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
11533 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
11535 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
11536 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
11537 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
11538 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
11539 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
11540 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
11541 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
11543 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
11544 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11546 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
11547 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
11549 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11550 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
11551 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
11552 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
11554 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11555 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
11556 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
11557 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
11558 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
11560 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11561 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
11563 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
11564 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11566 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11567 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
11568 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
11570 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11571 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
11573 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
11574 Blank out the region-rectangle.
11575 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
11577 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11578 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
11579 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
11581 ;;;***
11583 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
11584 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
11585 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
11587 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
11588 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
11590 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
11591 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
11593 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
11594 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
11596 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
11597 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
11598 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
11599 \\ref macro.
11601 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
11602 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
11603 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
11605 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
11606 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
11607 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
11609 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
11610 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
11612 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
11613 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
11615 \\{reftex-mode-map}
11616 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
11617 on the menu bar.
11619 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
11621 ;;;***
11623 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
11624 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
11625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
11627 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
11628 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
11629 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
11630 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
11631 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
11632 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
11634 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
11636 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
11638 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
11639 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
11640 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
11641 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
11643 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
11644 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
11645 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
11646 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
11648 ;;;***
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
11651 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
11654 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
11655 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
11656 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
11658 To insert new phrases, use
11659 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
11660 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
11662 To index phrases use one of:
11664 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
11665 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
11666 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
11667 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
11668 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
11670 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
11671 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
11673 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
11675 Here are all local bindings.
11677 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
11679 ;;;***
11681 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
11682 ;;;;;; (14535 45202))
11683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
11685 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
11686 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
11687 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
11688 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
11689 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
11690 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
11692 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
11693 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
11695 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
11696 Return the depth of REGEXP.
11697 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
11698 in REGEXP." nil nil)
11700 ;;;***
11702 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
11705 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
11706 Repeat most recently executed command.
11707 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
11708 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
11709 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
11711 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
11712 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
11713 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
11715 ;;;***
11717 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
11718 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
11719 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
11721 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
11722 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
11724 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
11725 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
11726 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
11728 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
11729 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
11730 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
11731 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
11732 left after that text.
11734 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
11735 is non-nil.
11737 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
11738 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
11739 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
11740 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
11742 ;;;***
11744 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
11745 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
11748 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
11749 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
11750 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
11751 visibility of comments that precede it.
11752 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
11753 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
11754 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
11755 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
11756 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
11757 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
11758 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
11759 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
11760 the comment lines.
11761 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
11762 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
11763 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
11764 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
11765 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
11766 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
11768 ;;;***
11770 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
11771 ;;;;;; 50658))
11772 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
11774 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
11775 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
11777 ;;;***
11779 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
11780 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
11781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
11783 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
11784 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
11786 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
11787 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
11789 ;;;***
11791 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
11792 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
11793 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11795 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
11796 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
11797 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
11798 other arguments for `rlogin'.
11800 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
11802 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
11803 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
11804 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
11805 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
11807 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
11808 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
11810 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
11811 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
11813 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
11814 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
11815 INPUT-ARGS.
11817 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
11818 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
11819 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
11820 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
11821 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
11823 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
11824 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
11825 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
11826 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
11828 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
11829 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
11830 variable." t nil)
11832 ;;;***
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
11835 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-confirm-expunge rmail-secondary-file-regexp
11836 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list
11837 ;;;;;; rmail-delete-after-output rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers
11838 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
11839 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14555
11840 ;;;;;; 23001))
11841 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
11843 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
11844 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
11845 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
11846 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
11848 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
11849 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
11850 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
11851 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
11852 value is the user's name.)
11853 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
11855 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
11856 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
11857 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
11858 which normally happens once for each message,
11859 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
11860 To make a change in this variable take effect
11861 for a message that you have already viewed,
11862 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
11864 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
11865 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
11866 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
11867 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
11869 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
11870 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
11872 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
11873 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
11874 A value of nil means don't highlight.
11875 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
11877 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
11878 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
11880 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
11881 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
11883 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
11884 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
11885 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
11886 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
11887 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
11889 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
11890 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
11892 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
11893 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
11895 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
11896 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
11898 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
11899 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
11901 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
11902 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
11904 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
11905 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
11907 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
11908 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
11910 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
11911 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
11913 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
11914 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
11915 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
11916 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
11918 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
11919 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
11921 This is set to nil by default.")
11923 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
11924 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
11925 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
11926 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
11927 until a user explicitly requires it.")
11929 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
11930 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
11932 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
11933 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
11934 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
11935 this feature is required with `require'.")
11937 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
11938 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
11939 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
11940 the message is decoded as normal way.
11942 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
11943 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
11944 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
11946 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
11947 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
11948 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
11950 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
11951 Read and edit incoming mail.
11952 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
11953 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
11954 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
11956 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
11957 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
11958 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
11959 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
11961 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
11963 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
11964 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
11965 All normal editing commands are turned off.
11966 Instead, these commands are available:
11968 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
11969 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
11970 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
11971 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
11972 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
11973 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
11974 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
11975 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
11976 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
11977 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
11978 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
11979 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
11980 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
11981 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
11982 till a deleted message is found.
11983 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
11984 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
11985 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
11986 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
11987 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
11988 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
11989 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
11990 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
11991 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
11992 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
11993 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
11994 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
11995 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
11996 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
11997 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
11998 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
11999 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
12000 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
12001 (label defaults to last one specified).
12002 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
12003 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
12004 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
12005 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
12006 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
12007 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
12008 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
12009 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
12010 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
12012 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
12013 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
12015 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
12016 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
12018 ;;;***
12020 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
12021 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
12024 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
12025 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
12027 ;;;***
12029 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
12030 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
12031 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
12034 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12035 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12036 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12038 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12039 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12040 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12042 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
12044 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12045 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
12046 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12047 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12048 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12050 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12051 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
12052 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12053 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12054 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12056 ;;;***
12058 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
12059 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
12060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
12062 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
12063 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
12064 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
12065 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
12067 ;;;***
12069 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
12070 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
12071 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
12072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
12074 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
12075 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
12076 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
12077 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
12078 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
12079 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
12080 a file name as a string.")
12082 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
12083 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
12084 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
12085 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
12086 buffer visiting that file.
12087 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
12088 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
12090 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
12091 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12093 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12094 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
12096 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
12097 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
12099 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
12100 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
12101 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12102 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12103 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
12105 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
12106 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
12107 will be appended with their original headers.
12109 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
12110 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12112 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
12113 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
12115 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
12117 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
12118 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
12119 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
12121 ;;;***
12123 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
12124 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
12125 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
12126 ;;;;;; 26387))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
12129 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
12130 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
12131 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12133 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
12134 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
12135 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12137 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
12138 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
12139 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12141 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
12142 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
12143 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12145 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
12146 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
12147 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12149 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
12150 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
12151 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12153 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
12154 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
12155 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
12156 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
12158 ;;;***
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
12161 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
12162 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
12163 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
12164 ;;;;;; (14547 28270))
12165 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
12167 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
12168 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
12170 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
12171 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
12173 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
12174 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
12176 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
12177 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
12178 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
12180 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
12181 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
12182 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
12183 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12184 only look in the To and From fields.
12185 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12187 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
12188 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
12189 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
12190 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12191 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12193 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12194 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12195 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12196 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12197 look in the whole message.
12198 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12200 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12201 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12202 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12204 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12205 *Function to decode summary-line.
12207 By default, `identity' is set.")
12209 ;;;***
12211 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12212 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
12213 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12215 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12216 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12217 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12218 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12220 ;;;***
12222 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12223 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12224 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12226 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12227 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12228 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12230 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12231 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12233 ;;;***
12235 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12236 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12237 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12238 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12241 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12242 *This variable is obsolete.")
12244 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12246 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12248 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12249 *This variable is obsolete.")
12251 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12252 *This variable is obsolete.")
12254 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12255 *This variable is obsolete.")
12257 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12258 *This variable is obsolete.")
12260 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12261 *This variable is obsolete.")
12263 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12264 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12266 ;;;***
12268 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12269 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12272 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12273 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12274 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12276 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12277 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12278 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12279 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12280 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12281 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12283 Commands:
12284 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12285 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12286 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12287 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12288 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12290 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12291 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12292 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12294 Commands:
12295 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12296 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12297 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12298 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12299 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12300 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12302 ;;;***
12304 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12305 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12308 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12309 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12310 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12312 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12314 ;;;***
12316 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12317 ;;;;;; 55098))
12318 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12320 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12321 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12322 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12323 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12325 Interesting variables:
12327 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12328 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12330 scribe-electric-quote
12331 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12333 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12334 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12335 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12337 ;;;***
12339 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12340 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12341 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12342 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12343 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14532 62968))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12346 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12347 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12349 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12350 king@grassland.com
12351 If `parens', they look like:
12352 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12353 If `angles', they look like:
12354 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12355 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12356 derived from the envelope-from address.
12358 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12359 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12360 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12361 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12363 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
12364 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12365 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
12367 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
12368 is a privileged operation.")
12370 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
12371 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
12372 This is done when the message is initialized,
12373 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
12375 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
12376 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
12377 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
12379 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
12380 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
12382 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
12383 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12384 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
12385 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
12387 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
12388 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
12390 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
12391 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
12392 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
12394 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
12395 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
12396 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
12397 when you first send mail.")
12399 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
12400 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
12401 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
12402 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
12403 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
12405 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
12406 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
12407 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
12408 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
12409 This file need not actually exist.")
12411 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
12412 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
12413 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
12414 If a string, that string is inserted.
12415 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
12416 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
12417 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
12418 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
12420 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
12421 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
12422 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
12423 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
12424 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12425 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
12426 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
12427 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
12428 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
12429 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
12430 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
12431 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
12432 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
12434 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
12435 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12436 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12437 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
12438 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
12439 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12441 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
12442 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12443 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
12445 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
12446 User should not set this variable manually,
12447 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
12448 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
12449 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12450 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
12452 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
12453 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
12454 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
12455 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
12457 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
12458 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
12460 \\<mail-mode-map>
12461 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
12463 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
12464 to move to message header fields:
12465 \\{mail-mode-map}
12467 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
12468 when the message is initialized.
12470 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
12471 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
12473 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
12474 is inserted.
12476 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
12477 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
12479 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
12480 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
12482 The second through fifth arguments,
12483 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
12484 the initial contents of those header fields.
12485 These arguments should not have final newlines.
12486 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
12487 original message being replied to, or else an action
12488 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
12489 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
12490 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
12491 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
12492 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
12493 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
12495 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
12496 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12498 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
12499 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12501 ;;;***
12503 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
12506 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
12507 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
12508 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
12509 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
12510 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
12511 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
12513 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
12515 ;;;***
12517 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
12518 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
12519 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
12521 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12522 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
12523 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
12524 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
12525 `sgml-quick-keys'.
12527 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
12528 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
12529 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
12531 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
12532 your `.emacs' file.
12534 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
12536 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12537 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
12538 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
12540 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12541 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
12542 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
12543 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
12544 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
12545 which this is based.
12547 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12549 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
12550 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
12551 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
12552 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
12554 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
12555 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
12556 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
12558 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
12559 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
12560 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
12561 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
12563 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
12564 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
12565 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
12566 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
12568 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
12570 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
12571 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
12572 To work around that, do:
12573 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
12575 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
12577 ;;;***
12579 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
12580 ;;;;;; (14432 40418))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
12583 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
12585 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
12586 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
12587 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
12588 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
12589 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
12590 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
12592 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
12593 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
12594 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
12595 shell-specific features.
12597 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
12598 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
12599 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
12601 \\[sh-case] case statement
12602 \\[sh-for] for loop
12603 \\[sh-function] function definition
12604 \\[sh-if] if statement
12605 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
12606 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
12607 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
12608 \\[sh-select] select loop
12609 \\[sh-until] until loop
12610 \\[sh-while] while loop
12612 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
12613 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
12614 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
12615 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
12616 would indent to the way it currently is.
12617 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
12618 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
12621 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
12622 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
12623 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
12624 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
12625 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
12626 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
12628 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
12629 {, (, [, ', \", `
12630 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
12632 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
12633 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
12634 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
12636 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
12637 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
12639 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
12641 ;;;***
12643 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
12644 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
12645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
12647 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
12648 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
12650 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
12651 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
12652 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
12653 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
12654 the earlier.
12656 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
12658 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
12660 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
12661 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
12662 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
12664 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
12665 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
12667 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
12668 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
12669 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
12670 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
12671 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
12672 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
12673 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
12674 emacs version).
12676 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
12677 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
12678 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
12679 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
12680 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
12682 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
12683 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
12684 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
12686 ;;;***
12688 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
12689 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
12690 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
12692 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
12693 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
12694 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
12695 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12696 shell buffer.
12698 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
12699 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
12700 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
12702 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
12704 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
12705 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
12706 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
12707 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
12708 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
12709 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
12710 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
12711 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
12712 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
12713 discards input when it starts up.)
12714 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
12715 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
12716 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
12718 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12719 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12720 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12721 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
12722 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12723 `default-process-coding-system'.
12725 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
12726 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
12727 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
12728 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
12730 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12731 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
12733 ;;;***
12735 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
12736 ;;;;;; 23740))
12737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
12739 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
12740 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
12741 \\{simula-mode-map}
12742 Variables controlling indentation style:
12743 simula-tab-always-indent
12744 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
12745 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12746 simula-indent-level
12747 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
12748 simula-substatement-offset
12749 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
12750 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
12751 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
12752 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
12753 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
12754 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
12755 simula-label-offset -4711
12756 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
12757 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
12758 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
12759 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
12760 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
12761 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
12762 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
12763 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
12764 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
12765 simula-electric-indent nil
12766 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
12767 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
12768 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
12769 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
12770 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
12771 or nil if they should not be changed.
12772 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
12773 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
12774 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
12775 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
12777 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
12778 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
12780 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
12781 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
12782 at all." t nil)
12784 ;;;***
12786 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
12787 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
12788 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
12789 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
12791 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
12792 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
12794 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
12795 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
12796 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
12797 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
12798 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
12800 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
12801 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12802 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12803 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12804 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12805 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12806 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12808 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12809 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12810 ignored." t nil)
12812 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
12813 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12814 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12815 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12816 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12817 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12818 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12820 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12821 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12822 ignored." t nil)
12824 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
12825 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
12827 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
12828 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
12829 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
12830 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
12832 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
12833 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
12834 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
12835 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
12837 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
12838 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
12839 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
12841 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
12842 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
12844 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
12845 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
12847 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
12848 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
12849 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
12850 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
12851 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
12852 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
12853 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
12854 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
12855 nil skipped
12857 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
12858 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
12859 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
12860 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
12861 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
12862 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
12863 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
12864 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
12866 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
12867 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
12868 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
12869 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
12870 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
12871 available:
12873 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
12874 then: insert previously read string once more
12875 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
12876 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
12877 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
12879 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
12880 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
12882 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
12883 Insert the character you type ARG times.
12885 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
12886 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
12887 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
12888 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
12890 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
12891 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
12892 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
12894 ;;;***
12896 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14552
12897 ;;;;;; 48942))
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
12900 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
12901 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
12902 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
12904 ;;;***
12906 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
12907 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
12908 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
12910 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
12912 ;;;***
12914 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
12915 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
12917 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
12918 Play the Snake game.
12919 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
12921 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
12923 snake-mode keybindings:
12924 \\<snake-mode-map>
12925 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
12926 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
12927 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
12928 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
12929 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
12930 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
12931 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
12933 " t nil)
12935 ;;;***
12937 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
12938 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
12941 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12942 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
12943 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12944 Tab indents for C code.
12945 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12946 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12947 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12948 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
12949 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
12951 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12952 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
12953 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12954 Tab indents for C code.
12955 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12956 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12957 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12958 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
12959 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
12961 ;;;***
12963 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
12964 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
12965 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
12966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
12968 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
12969 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
12971 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
12972 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
12973 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
12975 For example, the form
12977 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
12978 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
12980 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
12982 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
12983 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12985 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12986 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
12987 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
12988 York City.
12990 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12992 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
12993 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12995 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12996 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
12997 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
12998 York City.
13000 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13002 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
13003 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
13004 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
13005 pair.
13007 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13009 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
13010 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
13011 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
13013 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
13014 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
13016 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
13018 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
13019 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
13020 Requires floating point." nil nil)
13022 ;;;***
13024 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
13025 ;;;;;; 20348))
13026 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
13028 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
13029 Play Solitaire.
13031 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
13032 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
13033 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
13034 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
13035 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
13036 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
13037 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
13038 check after each move or undo)
13040 What is Solitaire?
13042 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
13043 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
13044 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
13046 Le Solitaire
13047 ============
13049 o o o
13051 o o o
13053 o o o o o o o
13055 o o o . o o o
13057 o o o o o o o
13059 o o o
13061 o o o
13063 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
13064 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
13065 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
13066 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
13068 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
13069 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
13070 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
13071 this: o o .
13073 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
13074 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
13076 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
13078 o o o
13080 . o o
13082 o o . o o o o
13084 o . o o o o o
13086 o o o o o o o
13088 o o o
13090 o o o
13092 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
13094 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
13096 ;;;***
13098 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
13099 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
13100 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
13101 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
13103 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
13104 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
13105 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
13107 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
13108 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
13109 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
13110 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
13111 contiguous.
13113 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
13114 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
13115 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13116 the sort order.
13118 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
13119 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
13121 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
13122 It moves point to the start of the next record.
13123 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
13124 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
13125 is called.
13127 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
13128 It should move point to the end of the record.
13130 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
13131 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
13132 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
13133 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
13134 starts at the beginning of the record.
13136 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
13137 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
13138 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
13140 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
13141 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13142 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13143 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13144 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13145 the sort order." t nil)
13147 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
13148 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13149 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13150 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13151 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13152 the sort order." t nil)
13154 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
13155 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13156 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13157 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13158 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13159 the sort order." t nil)
13161 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
13162 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
13163 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13164 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
13165 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
13166 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
13167 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13168 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13169 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
13171 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
13172 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
13173 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13174 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13175 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13176 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
13177 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13178 the sort order." t nil)
13180 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
13181 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
13182 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
13183 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
13184 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
13185 is to be used for sorting.
13186 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
13187 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
13188 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
13189 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
13190 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13192 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13194 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13195 the sort order.
13197 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13198 starting with the letter \"f\",
13199 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13201 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13202 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13203 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13204 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13205 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13206 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13207 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13208 the sort order.
13210 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13211 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13212 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13213 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13214 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13216 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13217 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13218 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13220 ;;;***
13222 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13223 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247))
13224 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13226 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13228 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13229 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13230 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13231 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13232 supported at a time.
13233 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13234 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13236 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13237 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13238 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13239 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13241 ;;;***
13243 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13244 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13245 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13247 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13249 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13250 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13251 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13252 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13253 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13254 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13256 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13257 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13258 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13259 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13261 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13262 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13263 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13264 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13265 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13267 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13268 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13270 ;;;***
13272 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13273 ;;;;;; 43485))
13274 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13276 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13277 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13279 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13280 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13282 ;;;***
13284 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
13285 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13288 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13289 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13291 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13292 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13294 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13296 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13298 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13300 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13301 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13302 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13303 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13304 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13305 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13306 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13308 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13310 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13311 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13312 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13313 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13315 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
13316 entry function you want to use regularly:
13318 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
13320 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13321 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13322 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13323 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13325 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13326 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13327 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13329 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13330 Major mode to edit SQL.
13332 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13333 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13334 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13336 \\{sql-mode-map}
13337 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13339 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13340 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13341 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13342 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13343 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13344 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13346 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13347 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13349 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
13350 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
13352 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13353 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13354 `*SQL*'.
13356 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
13357 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
13359 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13360 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13362 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13363 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13364 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13365 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13366 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13367 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
13368 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
13369 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
13371 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
13372 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
13374 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13376 ;;;***
13378 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
13379 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
13380 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
13381 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
13382 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
13384 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
13385 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
13387 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
13388 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
13389 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
13390 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
13391 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
13392 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
13394 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
13396 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
13397 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13398 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13399 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
13400 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
13401 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
13402 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13404 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13405 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13406 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13407 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
13408 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
13409 then complete the stroke with button3.
13410 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13412 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
13413 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
13414 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13416 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13417 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
13418 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13420 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
13421 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
13423 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
13425 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
13426 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
13428 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
13429 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
13431 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
13433 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
13434 Toggle strokes being enabled.
13435 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
13436 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
13437 mode in all buffers when activated.
13438 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
13439 new strokes with
13441 > M-x global-set-stroke
13443 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
13444 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
13445 strokes with
13447 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
13448 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
13450 ;;;***
13452 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
13453 ;;;;;; (14385 23097))
13454 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
13456 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
13457 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
13458 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
13459 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
13460 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
13461 original message but it does require a few things:
13463 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
13465 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
13466 reply buffer.
13468 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
13469 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
13470 original message.
13472 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
13474 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
13476 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
13477 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
13478 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
13480 ;;;***
13482 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
13483 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
13485 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
13486 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
13487 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13488 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13489 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13491 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
13492 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
13493 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
13494 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
13495 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13496 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13497 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13499 ;;;***
13501 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
13504 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
13505 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
13507 ;;;***
13509 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995))
13510 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
13512 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
13513 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
13514 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
13515 Letters no longer insert themselves.
13516 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
13517 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
13518 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
13520 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
13521 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
13522 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
13523 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
13525 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
13526 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
13528 ;;;***
13530 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
13531 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
13532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
13534 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
13535 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
13536 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
13537 Tab indents for Tcl code.
13538 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13539 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13541 Variables controlling indentation style:
13542 tcl-indent-level
13543 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
13544 tcl-continued-indent-level
13545 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
13547 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
13548 documentation for details):
13549 tcl-tab-always-indent
13550 Controls action of TAB key.
13551 tcl-auto-newline
13552 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
13553 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
13554 tcl-electric-hash-style
13555 Controls action of `#' key.
13556 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
13557 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
13558 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
13559 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
13560 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
13561 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
13563 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
13564 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
13565 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
13566 already exist.
13568 Commands:
13569 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
13571 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
13572 Run inferior Tcl process.
13573 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
13574 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
13576 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
13577 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
13578 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
13580 ;;;***
13582 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
13583 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
13584 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13586 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
13587 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13588 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
13589 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
13590 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
13591 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
13592 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13593 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
13595 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
13596 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13597 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
13598 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13600 ;;;***
13602 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
13603 ;;;;;; 17354))
13604 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
13606 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
13607 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
13608 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
13609 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
13610 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
13611 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
13613 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
13614 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13616 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
13617 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13619 ;;;***
13621 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
13622 ;;;;;; 10588))
13623 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
13625 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
13626 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
13627 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
13628 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
13629 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
13630 program as keyboard input.
13632 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
13633 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
13634 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
13635 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
13637 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
13638 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
13639 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
13640 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
13641 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
13643 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
13645 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
13646 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
13647 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
13648 terminal-redisplay-interval.
13650 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
13651 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
13652 subprocess started." t nil)
13654 ;;;***
13656 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
13657 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
13659 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
13660 Play the Tetris game.
13661 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
13662 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
13663 as to form complete rows.
13665 tetris-mode keybindings:
13666 \\<tetris-mode-map>
13667 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
13668 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
13669 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13670 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
13671 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
13672 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
13673 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
13674 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
13676 " t nil)
13678 ;;;***
13680 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
13681 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
13682 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13683 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
13684 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
13685 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
13686 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
13687 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
13688 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
13690 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
13691 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
13693 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
13694 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
13695 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
13696 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
13697 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
13699 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
13700 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
13701 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
13702 if it matches the first line of the file,
13703 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
13705 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
13706 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
13707 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
13708 if the variable is non-nil.")
13710 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
13711 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
13713 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
13714 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
13715 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13716 See the documentation of that variable.")
13718 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
13719 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
13720 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13721 See the documentation of that variable.")
13723 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
13724 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
13725 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13726 See the documentation of that variable.")
13728 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
13729 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
13730 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
13731 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
13733 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
13734 *User defined LaTeX block names.
13735 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
13737 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
13738 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
13739 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13740 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13742 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13743 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13744 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13745 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13747 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13748 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
13749 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13750 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13752 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
13753 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
13754 for example,
13756 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13757 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
13759 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
13760 use.")
13762 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
13763 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
13764 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13765 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13767 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
13768 window system being used. For example,
13770 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
13771 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
13773 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
13774 otherwise.")
13776 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
13777 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
13778 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
13780 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
13781 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
13782 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
13783 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
13784 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
13786 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
13787 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
13789 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
13790 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
13792 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13793 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
13794 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
13795 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
13796 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
13797 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
13798 says which mode to use." t nil)
13800 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
13802 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
13804 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
13806 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13807 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
13808 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13809 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13810 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13812 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
13813 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
13814 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13815 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13816 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13817 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13818 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13820 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13821 mismatched $'s or braces.
13823 Special commands:
13824 \\{tex-mode-map}
13826 Mode variables:
13827 tex-run-command
13828 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13829 tex-directory
13830 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
13831 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13832 tex-dvi-print-command
13833 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13834 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13835 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13836 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13837 tex-dvi-view-command
13838 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13839 tex-show-queue-command
13840 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13841 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13843 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13844 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
13845 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13847 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13848 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
13849 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13850 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13851 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13853 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13854 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13855 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13856 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13857 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13858 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13859 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13861 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13862 mismatched $'s or braces.
13864 Special commands:
13865 \\{tex-mode-map}
13867 Mode variables:
13868 latex-run-command
13869 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13870 tex-directory
13871 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
13872 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13873 tex-dvi-print-command
13874 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13875 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13876 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13877 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13878 tex-dvi-view-command
13879 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13880 tex-show-queue-command
13881 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13882 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13884 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
13885 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
13886 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13888 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13889 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
13890 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13891 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13892 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13894 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13895 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13896 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13897 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13898 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13899 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13900 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13902 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13903 mismatched $'s or braces.
13905 Special commands:
13906 \\{tex-mode-map}
13908 Mode variables:
13909 slitex-run-command
13910 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13911 tex-directory
13912 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
13913 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13914 tex-dvi-print-command
13915 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13916 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13917 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13918 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13919 tex-dvi-view-command
13920 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13921 tex-show-queue-command
13922 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13923 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13925 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13926 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
13927 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
13928 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13930 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
13932 ;;;***
13934 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
13935 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14456 53455))
13936 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
13938 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
13939 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
13940 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13941 name specified in the @setfilename command.
13943 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
13944 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
13945 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
13947 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
13948 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
13949 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
13950 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
13951 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
13953 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
13954 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
13955 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13956 names specified in the @setfilename command.
13958 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
13959 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
13960 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
13961 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
13963 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
13964 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
13966 ;;;***
13968 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
13969 ;;;;;; (14536 60906))
13970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
13972 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
13973 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
13975 It has these extra commands:
13976 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
13978 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
13979 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
13980 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
13981 modified version of TeX input format.
13983 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
13984 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
13985 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
13986 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
13988 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
13989 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
13990 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
13991 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
13992 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
13993 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
13994 in the Texinfo file.
13996 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
13997 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
13998 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
13999 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
14000 move forward past the closing brace.
14002 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
14003 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
14005 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
14006 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
14007 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
14009 Here are the functions:
14011 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
14012 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14013 texinfo-sequential-node-update
14015 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14016 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14017 texinfo-master-menu
14019 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14021 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14022 which menu descriptions are indented.
14024 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
14025 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
14026 in the region.
14028 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
14029 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
14030 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
14031 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
14033 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
14034 be the first node in the file.
14036 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
14037 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
14039 ;;;***
14041 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
14042 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
14043 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
14044 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
14046 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
14047 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14048 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
14050 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
14051 keybindings, are:
14053 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
14054 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14055 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
14057 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14058 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14059 texinfo-master-menu ()
14061 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14063 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14064 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
14066 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14067 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
14069 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14070 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
14072 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
14073 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
14074 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
14075 `p' takes you straight through the file.
14077 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14078 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
14079 marked region.
14081 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
14082 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
14083 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
14084 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
14086 ;;;***
14088 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
14089 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
14090 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
14091 ;;;;;; (14477 53255))
14092 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
14094 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
14095 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
14097 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
14098 Compose Thai characters in the region.
14099 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14100 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
14102 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
14103 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
14105 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
14106 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
14108 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
14110 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
14111 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
14112 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14113 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14114 to compose.
14116 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
14118 ;;;***
14120 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
14121 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
14122 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997))
14123 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
14125 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
14126 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
14128 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14129 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
14130 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14131 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14132 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14134 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14135 a symbol as a valid THING.
14137 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
14138 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
14140 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14141 Return the THING at point.
14142 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14143 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14144 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14146 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14147 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
14149 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14151 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14153 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14155 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14157 ;;;***
14159 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
14160 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
14161 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
14162 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment)
14163 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14423 51008))
14164 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
14166 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
14168 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
14169 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
14170 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
14172 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
14173 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
14175 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
14176 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
14177 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
14179 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14180 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
14182 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14183 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
14185 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
14187 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
14189 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14191 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14192 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
14193 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
14195 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14196 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
14197 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
14199 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14201 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14203 ;;;***
14205 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14206 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
14207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
14209 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
14210 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
14211 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14212 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14213 parameters.
14214 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14216 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
14217 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
14218 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14219 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14220 parameters.
14221 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14223 ;;;***
14225 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
14226 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14526 14916))
14227 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
14229 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
14230 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14232 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
14234 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14236 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
14238 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
14239 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
14241 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
14242 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14243 This display updates automatically every minute.
14244 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14245 are displayed as well.
14246 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14248 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
14249 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14250 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
14252 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
14253 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14254 are displayed as well.
14255 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14257 ;;;***
14259 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
14260 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
14261 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
14263 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
14264 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
14265 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
14266 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
14267 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
14268 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
14269 look like one of the following:
14270 Time-stamp: <>
14271 Time-stamp: \" \"
14272 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
14273 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
14274 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
14275 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
14276 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
14277 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
14278 template." t nil)
14280 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
14281 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
14282 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14284 ;;;***
14286 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
14287 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
14288 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
14289 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
14291 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
14293 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
14294 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
14296 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
14297 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
14299 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
14300 Perform an action at time TIME.
14301 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14302 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
14303 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
14304 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
14305 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
14306 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14308 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14310 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
14311 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
14312 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14313 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
14314 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14316 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14318 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
14319 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
14320 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
14321 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
14323 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
14324 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14325 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14326 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
14327 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14329 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14330 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
14332 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
14333 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
14334 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
14335 The call should look like:
14336 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
14337 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
14338 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
14339 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
14340 be detected." nil (quote macro))
14342 ;;;***
14344 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
14345 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
14346 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
14348 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14349 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
14350 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
14351 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
14353 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14354 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
14355 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
14356 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
14357 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
14358 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
14359 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
14361 ;;;***
14363 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
14364 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
14366 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
14367 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
14368 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
14370 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
14371 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14372 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
14373 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
14374 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
14376 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
14377 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14378 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
14379 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
14380 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
14382 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
14383 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
14384 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
14385 in the menu in two ways:
14386 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
14387 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
14388 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
14390 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
14391 keymap or an alist of alists.
14392 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
14393 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
14395 ;;;***
14397 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
14398 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
14399 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
14401 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
14402 Mode for tooltip display.
14403 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
14405 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
14406 Toggle tooltip-mode.
14407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14408 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
14410 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14412 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
14414 ;;;***
14416 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
14417 ;;;;;; 63726))
14418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
14420 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14422 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14424 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
14425 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
14427 ;;;***
14429 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
14430 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
14433 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
14434 Set scroll margins." t nil)
14436 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
14437 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
14439 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
14440 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
14442 ;;;***
14444 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
14445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
14447 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
14448 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
14449 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
14450 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
14451 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
14453 ;;;***
14455 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
14456 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
14457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
14459 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
14460 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
14462 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
14463 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
14464 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14465 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14466 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14467 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
14468 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
14469 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
14471 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
14472 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
14473 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14474 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14475 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14476 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
14477 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
14479 ;;;***
14481 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
14482 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
14483 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
14484 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
14485 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
14486 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
14488 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
14489 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
14490 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
14491 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
14492 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
14493 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
14494 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
14496 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
14497 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
14498 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
14499 accepting the proposed default buffer.
14501 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14503 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
14504 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
14505 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
14506 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
14507 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
14508 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
14509 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
14511 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
14512 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
14514 First column's text sSs Second column's text
14515 \\___/\\
14516 / \\
14517 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
14519 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14521 ;;;***
14523 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
14524 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
14525 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
14526 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
14527 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
14529 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
14530 Toggle typing break mode.
14531 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
14532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14533 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
14535 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14537 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
14539 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
14540 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
14542 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
14543 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
14545 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
14546 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
14547 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
14549 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
14550 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
14552 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
14553 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
14554 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
14556 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
14557 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
14558 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
14559 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
14560 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
14561 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
14563 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
14564 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
14565 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
14566 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
14568 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
14569 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
14571 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
14572 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
14574 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
14575 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
14576 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
14578 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
14579 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
14580 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
14581 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
14582 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
14583 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
14584 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
14586 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
14587 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
14589 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
14590 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
14591 reset the keystroke counter.
14593 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
14594 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
14595 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
14596 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
14598 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
14599 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
14600 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
14601 `type-break-schedule' command.
14603 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
14604 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
14605 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
14606 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
14607 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
14608 or not to continue.
14610 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
14611 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
14612 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
14613 approximate good values for this.
14615 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
14616 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
14618 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
14619 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
14620 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
14621 `type-break-warning-repeat'
14622 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
14623 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
14625 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
14626 a typing break occur. They include:
14628 `type-break-query-mode'
14629 `type-break-query-function'
14630 `type-break-query-interval'
14632 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
14634 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
14635 Take a typing break.
14637 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
14638 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
14640 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
14641 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
14643 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
14644 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
14645 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
14646 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
14648 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
14649 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
14651 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
14652 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
14653 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
14654 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
14655 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
14656 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
14657 average typing speed.)
14659 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
14660 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
14661 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
14662 the computed maximum threshold.
14664 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
14665 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
14666 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
14667 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
14668 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
14670 ;;;***
14672 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
14673 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
14674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
14676 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
14677 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
14678 Works by overstriking underscores.
14679 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14680 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14682 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
14683 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
14684 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14685 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14687 ;;;***
14689 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
14690 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
14691 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
14693 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14694 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
14695 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
14697 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14698 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
14699 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
14700 following the containing message." t nil)
14702 ;;;***
14704 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
14705 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
14706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
14708 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14709 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
14710 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
14711 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
14712 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
14713 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
14715 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14716 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
14718 ;;;***
14720 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
14721 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
14722 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
14724 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
14725 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
14726 This function has a choice of three things to do:
14727 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
14728 to refrain from editing the file
14729 return t (grab the lock on the file)
14730 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
14731 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
14732 in any way you like." nil nil)
14734 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
14735 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
14736 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
14737 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
14738 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
14740 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
14741 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
14743 ;;;***
14745 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
14746 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
14747 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
14748 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
14749 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
14750 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14478
14751 ;;;;;; 52465))
14752 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
14754 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
14755 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
14756 See `run-hooks'.")
14758 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
14759 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
14760 See `run-hooks'.")
14762 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
14763 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
14765 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
14766 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
14767 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
14768 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
14769 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
14770 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
14772 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
14773 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
14774 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
14775 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
14777 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
14778 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
14779 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
14780 it will operate on the file in the current line.
14781 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
14782 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
14783 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
14784 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
14785 lock steals will raise an error.
14786 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
14788 For RCS and SCCS files:
14789 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14790 control.
14791 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
14792 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
14793 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
14794 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
14795 it performs a revert.
14796 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
14797 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
14798 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
14799 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
14800 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
14801 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
14802 the option to steal the lock.
14804 For CVS files:
14805 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14806 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
14807 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
14808 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
14809 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
14810 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
14811 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
14812 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
14813 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
14815 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
14816 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
14818 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
14819 Display diffs between file versions.
14820 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
14821 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
14822 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
14823 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
14825 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
14826 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
14827 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
14828 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
14830 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
14831 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
14832 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
14833 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
14835 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
14837 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
14838 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
14839 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
14841 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
14843 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
14844 Make a snapshot called NAME.
14845 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
14846 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
14847 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
14849 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
14850 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
14851 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
14852 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
14853 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
14854 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
14855 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
14857 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
14858 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
14860 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
14861 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
14862 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
14863 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
14864 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
14865 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
14867 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
14868 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
14869 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
14871 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
14872 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
14874 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
14875 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
14876 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
14877 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
14878 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
14880 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
14882 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
14883 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
14884 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
14886 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
14887 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
14888 default directory." t nil)
14890 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
14891 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
14892 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
14893 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
14895 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
14896 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
14897 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
14898 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
14900 ;;;***
14902 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
14903 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
14904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
14906 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
14907 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
14909 Usage:
14910 ------
14912 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
14913 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
14914 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
14915 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
14916 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
14917 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
14918 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
14919 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
14920 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
14921 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
14922 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14923 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
14924 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
14925 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
14926 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
14927 The following abbreviations can also be used:
14928 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
14929 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
14930 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14932 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
14933 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
14934 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
14936 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
14937 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
14938 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
14939 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
14940 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
14941 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
14942 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
14943 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
14944 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
14946 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
14947 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
14948 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
14949 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
14950 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
14951 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
14952 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
14953 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
14955 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
14956 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
14957 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
14959 - COMMENTS:
14960 `--' puts a single comment.
14961 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
14962 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
14963 comment in between.
14964 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
14965 following lines.
14966 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
14967 uncomments a region if already commented out.
14969 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
14970 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
14971 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
14972 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
14973 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
14974 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
14975 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
14976 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
14977 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
14978 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
14979 multi-line comments.
14981 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
14982 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
14983 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
14984 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
14985 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
14986 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
14987 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
14988 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
14989 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
14991 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
14992 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
14993 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
14994 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
14995 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
14996 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
14997 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
14998 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
14999 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
15000 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
15002 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
15003 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
15004 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
15005 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
15006 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
15007 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
15008 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
15009 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
15010 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
15011 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
15012 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
15013 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
15014 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
15016 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
15018 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
15019 menu).
15021 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
15023 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
15024 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
15025 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
15026 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
15027 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
15029 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
15030 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
15031 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
15032 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
15033 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
15034 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
15035 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
15036 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
15037 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
15039 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
15040 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
15041 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
15042 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
15043 specified.
15045 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
15046 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
15047 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
15048 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
15049 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
15050 the current directory for VHDL source files.
15052 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
15053 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
15054 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
15055 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
15056 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
15057 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
15058 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
15059 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
15060 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
15061 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
15062 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
15064 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
15065 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
15066 Math Packages.
15068 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
15069 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
15070 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
15071 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
15072 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
15073 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
15074 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
15075 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
15077 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
15078 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
15079 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
15080 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
15081 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
15082 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
15084 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
15085 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
15086 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
15087 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
15088 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
15090 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
15091 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
15092 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
15093 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
15094 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
15096 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
15097 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
15098 highlighted if written in lower case.
15100 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
15101 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
15102 is non-nil.
15104 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
15105 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
15106 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
15108 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
15109 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
15110 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
15112 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
15113 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
15114 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
15116 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
15117 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
15118 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
15119 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
15120 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
15121 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
15122 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
15124 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
15125 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
15126 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
15127 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
15128 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
15130 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
15131 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
15132 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
15133 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15135 - HINTS:
15136 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
15139 Maintenance:
15140 ------------
15142 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
15143 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
15145 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15147 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
15148 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
15149 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
15150 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15152 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
15153 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
15154 version and release notes can be found.
15157 Bugs and Limitations:
15158 ---------------------
15160 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
15161 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
15162 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
15163 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
15164 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
15165 does not work under XEmacs.
15168 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
15169 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
15171 Key bindings:
15172 -------------
15174 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
15176 ;;;***
15178 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
15179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
15181 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
15182 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
15183 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
15184 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
15186 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
15187 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
15188 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
15189 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
15190 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
15192 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
15193 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
15195 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
15197 * Limitations and unsupported features
15198 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
15199 not supported.
15200 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
15201 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
15203 * Modifications
15204 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
15205 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
15206 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
15207 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
15208 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
15209 for undoing a repeated change command.
15210 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
15211 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
15212 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
15214 * Extensions
15215 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
15216 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
15217 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
15218 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
15219 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
15220 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
15221 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
15222 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
15224 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
15226 ;;;***
15228 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
15229 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
15230 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
15231 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
15232 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
15234 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
15235 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
15237 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
15238 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
15240 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15241 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
15242 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15243 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15245 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15246 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
15248 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15249 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
15250 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15251 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15253 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15254 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
15256 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15258 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15260 ;;;***
15262 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
15263 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
15264 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
15265 ;;;;;; 6934))
15266 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
15268 (defvar view-mode nil "\
15269 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
15270 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
15271 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
15273 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
15275 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
15276 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15277 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15278 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15279 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15280 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15281 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15283 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15285 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
15286 View FILE in View mode in another window.
15287 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
15288 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15289 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15290 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15291 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15292 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15294 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15296 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
15297 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
15298 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
15299 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15300 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15301 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15302 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15303 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15305 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15307 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
15308 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15309 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15310 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15311 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15312 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15313 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15315 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15317 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15318 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15319 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15321 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
15322 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
15323 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15324 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15325 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15326 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15327 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15328 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15330 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15332 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15333 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15334 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15336 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
15337 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
15338 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15339 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15340 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15341 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15342 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15343 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15345 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15347 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15348 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15349 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15351 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
15352 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
15353 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
15355 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
15356 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
15357 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
15358 read-only.
15359 \\<view-mode-map>
15360 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
15361 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
15362 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
15363 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
15364 commands default to a repeat count of one.
15366 H, h, ? This message.
15367 Digits provide prefix arguments.
15368 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
15369 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
15370 > move to the end of buffer.
15371 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
15372 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
15373 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
15374 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
15375 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
15376 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15377 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15378 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15379 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
15380 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15381 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
15382 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
15383 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
15384 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
15385 Use this to view a changing file.
15386 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
15387 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
15388 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
15389 . set the mark.
15390 x exchanges point and mark.
15391 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
15392 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
15393 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
15394 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
15395 ' go to position saved in character register.
15396 s do forward incremental search.
15397 r do reverse incremental search.
15398 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
15399 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
15400 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
15401 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
15402 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
15403 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
15404 p searches backward for last regular expression.
15405 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
15406 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
15407 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
15408 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
15409 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
15410 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
15411 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
15412 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
15414 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
15415 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
15416 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
15417 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
15418 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
15419 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
15420 will return to that buffer.
15422 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15424 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
15425 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
15426 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
15427 `view-return-to-alist'.
15428 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
15429 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
15430 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
15432 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
15433 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
15434 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
15435 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
15436 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
15437 1) nil Do nothing.
15438 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
15439 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
15440 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
15441 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
15443 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15445 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
15447 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
15448 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
15450 ;;;***
15452 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
15453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
15455 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
15456 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
15458 ;;;***
15460 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
15461 ;;;;;; (14522 27540))
15462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
15464 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
15465 Toggle Viper on/off.
15466 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
15468 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
15469 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
15471 ;;;***
15473 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
15474 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
15476 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
15477 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
15479 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
15480 hotlist.
15482 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
15483 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
15485 ;;;***
15487 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
15488 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
15489 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
15491 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
15492 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
15493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15494 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
15496 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
15498 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
15500 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
15502 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
15503 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
15504 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
15505 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
15507 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
15508 and off otherwise." t nil)
15510 ;;;***
15512 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
15513 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
15514 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999))
15515 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
15517 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
15518 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
15520 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15521 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15522 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
15523 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15524 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15526 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
15527 and:
15528 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
15529 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
15531 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
15532 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
15534 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
15535 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
15537 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
15538 whitespace problems." t nil)
15540 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
15541 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
15543 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
15544 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
15546 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
15547 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
15549 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15550 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15551 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
15552 replaced with TABS).
15553 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15554 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15556 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
15558 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
15559 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
15561 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
15562 i - Indentation whitespace.
15563 l - Leading whitespace.
15564 s - Space followed by Tab.
15565 t - Trailing whitespace.
15567 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
15568 !<y>.
15570 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
15571 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
15572 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
15573 always they default to 8.)
15575 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
15576 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
15577 even print it.
15579 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
15580 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
15581 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
15582 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
15583 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
15584 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
15585 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
15586 to set smarttab.)
15588 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
15589 merge problems.
15591 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
15592 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
15593 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
15595 ;;;***
15597 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
15598 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
15599 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
15601 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
15602 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
15604 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
15605 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
15607 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
15608 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
15610 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
15611 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
15612 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15614 ;;;***
15616 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
15617 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14508 6458))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
15620 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
15621 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
15622 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
15624 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
15625 Create widget of TYPE.
15626 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
15628 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
15629 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
15631 ;;;***
15633 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
15634 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
15635 ;;;;;; 64331))
15636 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
15638 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
15639 Select the window to the left of the current one.
15640 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15641 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15642 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
15643 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15644 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15646 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
15647 Select the window above the current one.
15648 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
15649 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
15650 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
15651 negative ARG) of the current window.
15652 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15654 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
15655 Select the window to the right of the current one.
15656 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15657 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
15658 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
15659 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
15660 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15662 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
15663 Select the window below the current one.
15664 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15665 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15666 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
15667 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15668 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15670 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
15671 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
15673 ;;;***
15675 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
15676 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
15677 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
15679 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
15680 Toggle winner-mode.
15681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15682 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
15684 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15686 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
15688 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
15689 Toggle Winner mode.
15690 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15692 ;;;***
15694 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
15695 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
15696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
15698 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
15699 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
15701 BUGS:
15702 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
15703 are not implemented
15704 - Options for search and replace
15705 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
15706 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
15708 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
15709 Emacs-like.
15711 The key bindings are:
15713 C-a backward-word
15714 C-b fill-paragraph
15715 C-c scroll-up-line
15716 C-d forward-char
15717 C-e previous-line
15718 C-f forward-word
15719 C-g delete-char
15720 C-h backward-char
15721 C-i indent-for-tab-command
15722 C-j help-for-help
15723 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
15724 C-l ws-repeat-search
15725 C-n open-line
15726 C-p quoted-insert
15727 C-r scroll-down-line
15728 C-s backward-char
15729 C-t kill-word
15730 C-u keyboard-quit
15731 C-v overwrite-mode
15732 C-w scroll-down
15733 C-x next-line
15734 C-y kill-complete-line
15735 C-z scroll-up
15737 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
15738 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
15739 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
15740 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
15741 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
15742 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
15743 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
15744 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
15745 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
15746 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
15747 C-k b ws-begin-block
15748 C-k c ws-copy-block
15749 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
15750 C-k f find-file
15751 C-k h ws-show-markers
15752 C-k i ws-indent-block
15753 C-k k ws-end-block
15754 C-k p ws-print-block
15755 C-k q kill-emacs
15756 C-k r insert-file
15757 C-k s save-some-buffers
15758 C-k t ws-mark-word
15759 C-k u ws-exdent-block
15760 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
15761 C-k v ws-move-block
15762 C-k w ws-write-block
15763 C-k x kill-emacs
15764 C-k y ws-delete-block
15766 C-o c wordstar-center-line
15767 C-o b switch-to-buffer
15768 C-o j justify-current-line
15769 C-o k kill-buffer
15770 C-o l list-buffers
15771 C-o m auto-fill-mode
15772 C-o r set-fill-column
15773 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
15774 C-o wd delete-other-windows
15775 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
15776 C-o wo other-window
15777 C-o wv split-window-vertically
15779 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
15780 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
15781 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
15782 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
15783 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
15784 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
15785 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
15786 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
15787 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
15788 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
15789 C-q a ws-query-replace
15790 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
15791 C-q c end-of-buffer
15792 C-q d end-of-line
15793 C-q f ws-search
15794 C-q k ws-to-block-end
15795 C-q l ws-undo
15796 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
15797 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
15798 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
15799 C-q w ws-last-error
15800 C-q y ws-kill-eol
15801 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
15802 " t nil)
15804 ;;;***
15806 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
15807 ;;;;;; 149))
15808 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
15810 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
15811 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
15812 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
15814 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
15816 ;;;***
15818 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
15819 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
15820 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
15822 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
15823 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
15825 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
15826 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
15828 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
15829 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
15830 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
15832 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
15833 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
15835 ;;;***
15837 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
15838 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
15839 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
15841 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
15842 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
15844 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
15845 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
15847 Zone-mode does two things:
15849 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
15850 when saving the file
15852 - fontification" t nil)
15854 ;;;***
15856 ;;; Local Variables:
15857 ;;; version-control: never
15858 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
15859 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
15860 ;;; End:
15861 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here